HP
Annual Report 2010

Plain-text annual report

2010 HP ANNUAL REPORT A LETTER FROM THE CEO Léo Apotheker PRESIDENT AND CHIEF ExECUTIvE OFFICER DEAR FELLOW STOCKHOLDERS, I want all of you to know how honored I am to lead this great company and how excited I am about the opportunities that lie ahead. HP is the world’s largest information technology company, which is impressive. However, even more impressive is what that scale means—the innovation we can drive into the marketplace, the breadth and depth of our portfolio, the expanse of our global reach, the talent and dedication of our more than 300,000 people, the solutions we can bring to our customers, the value we can create for our stockholders, and the impact we can have on the world. In fiscal 2010, as HP navigated a fragile economic recovery, all of these advantages were clearly evident. HP rebounded powerfully from the recessionary conditions of the prior year and reported growth in each reported business segment and in each of our three geographic regions. Our people remained focused on delivering for our customers and executing for our stockholders. For the year, we delivered: • Net revenue of $126 billion, up 10 percent year-over-year • GAAP operating profit of $11.5 billion, up 13 percent year-over-year • GAAP diluted earnings per share of $3.69, up 18 percent year-over-year • Non-GAAP operating profit of $14.4 billion, up 14 percent year-over-year* • Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share of $4.58, up 19 percent year-over-year* A POWERFUL PERFORMANCE ACROSS BUSINESSES AND GEOGRAPHIES HP once again demonstrated the power of our diversification by performing across economic cycles. You will remember that during the worst of the 2009 recession, it was the strength of our resilient businesses such as supplies and services that helped preserve revenue and earnings. In fiscal 2010, we benefited from a technology refresh in commercial enterprises, and it was our product businesses that drove growth and margin expansion. HP ANNUAL REPORT | 2010 HP’s Enterprise Business grew 7 percent year-over-year, led by 21 percent growth in Enterprise Storage and Servers. Industry Standard Servers, Blade Servers, and BladeSystem Matrix products continue to lead their categories with exceptional growth. In networking, we gained momentum throughout the year, culminating in 227 percent year-over-year growth in the fourth quarter, aided by the acquisition of 3Com Corporation and more than 50 percent growth in our ProCurve networking products. Services and Software held steady, growing roughly at market. As HP moves increasingly to deliver more solutions, we expect to scale our services and software businesses more rapidly. In the Personal Systems Group, we demonstrated the strength of our balanced portfolio with growth in both commercial and consumer sectors. Overall, revenues grew 15 percent year-over-year and operating margins increased. In a very competitive environment, we did a good job of maintaining our No. 1 position in worldwide market share, as well as healthy average selling prices. We continue to differentiate through strong design and an outstanding customer experience across a full line of offerings that range from high-end gaming PCs to sleek, powerful notebooks to fashion-inspired netbooks and innovative smartphones. In the Imaging and Printing Group, a similar pattern emerged with growth in commercial and consumer sectors. For the year, IPG grew 7 percent over fiscal 2009 levels, while still delivering more than 17 percent operating profit. At the end of fiscal 2009, we committed to placing more units and regaining share in 2010. For the full year, we grew units by 13 percent, growing LaserJet by 20 percent and Inkjet by 11 percent. Strong customer response to our new line of innovative web-connected printers helped us grow revenues and maintain attractive margins. Our growth initiatives in commercial print, graphics, and retail publishing also continued to gain solid traction with major new customer engagements and thousands of high-profile retail publishing solution placements. Billions of pages a year are moving from analog to digital, and we are exceptionally well-positioned with leading intellectual property to capture these high- value pages. From a regional perspective, we saw a broad-based global recovery with growth of 11 percent in the Americas; 7 percent in Europe, the Middle East, and Africa; and 16 percent in Asia Pacific and Japan. Going forward, we are focused on moving beyond being a multinational company to being a truly global one with both deep local expertise and a comprehensive world view that brings the full value of HP to all customers. INVESTING TO LEAD THE EVOLUTION OF THE INDUSTRY Powerful trends and a wave of innovation are rapidly changing the technology landscape. At HP, we are investing to lead the evolution of the industry, and we continued to build our portfolio throughout the year. In fact, HP had the largest and best product releases in its history in fiscal 2010, from the data center to the cloud and from PCs to printers. With Superdome 2, we added a powerful new solution for business-critical systems. A LETTER FROM THE CEO POWERFUL TRENDS AND A WAVE OF INNOVATION ARE RAPIDLY CHANGING THE TECHNOLOGY LANDSCAPE. AT HP, WE ARE INVESTING TO LEAD THE EVOLUTION OF THE INDUSTRY, AND WE CONTINUED TO BUILD OUR PORTFOLIO THROUGHOUT THE YEAR. HP ANNUAL REPORT | 2010 BladeSystem Matrix and Virtual Connect significantly advance our strategy for converged and cloud-based infrastructures. Our ProLiant G7 servers deliver vastly improved performance, a much lower cost of ownership, and a return on investment measured in months. CloudStart helps clients quickly and easily realize the benefits of cloud computing. StoreOnce provides deduplication technology that comes straight out of HP Labs. In PCs and printers, TouchSmart and ePrint are redefining how we interact with technology and how we share the experiences of our life and work. We are also continuing to build our portfolio through acquisitions, and the marketplace offered several strategic opportunities in fiscal 2010. With the acquisition of Palm, Inc., we added the most modern operating system in the market, positioning HP to drive innovation into the fast-growing area of connected mobility. In an increasingly mobile and cloud-based environment, security and storage solutions are critical for our customers. We are building out a security offering, helped by the recent acquisitions of ArcSight, Inc.; Fortify Software Inc.; and 3Com’s TippingPoint business. In addition, our recent acquisition of 3PAR Inc. provided essential storage technology for high-end and cloud environments. At the foundation of the data center, enterprises are embracing converged infrastructure that is flexible, scalable, and shareable. With our acquisition of 3Com, we filled out our networking portfolio to deliver unmatched capacity, efficiency, and value. With HP, customers can realize tomorrow’s next- generation converged infrastructure today. FISCAL 2011 PRIORITIES As we look to fiscal 2011, HP will continue to move aggressively to drive growth, expand margins, and deliver unparalleled value to our customers and stockholders. We expect to grow by investing in portfolio enhancements and acquisitions, by covering more of the market with our sales force and channel partners, and by expanding that coverage more aggressively into high-growth emerging economies. Additionally, we plan increased investments in innovation. Over the last few years, we have rationalized our research and development spend, reduced inefficiency, and focused more acutely on practical applications, while at the same time delivering industry-leading products and technologies. Looking ahead, we will continue to speed the innovation cycle and deliver new technologies to market at scale with impact. Our focus on margin expansion will also continue in the year ahead. We do this by increasing gross margins through a more profitable business mix and through efficiencies. In a company of HP’s size, there are always opportunities to achieve a higher level of efficiency, and major initiatives in our supply chain operations, real estate portfolio, and service delivery model are expected to have a positive impact on our operating leverage in fiscal 2011. We expect HP to continue moving up the technology stack into higher margin categories. By further developing our intellectual property portfolio, we plan to differentiate HP and leverage the enormous power, scale, and breadth of our market- leading products across the data center, printing, PCs, and mobile devices. This is the key to making HP the leading provider of strategic solutions that address our customers’ biggest challenges. A LETTER FROM THE CEO HP ANNUAL REPORT | 2010 A LETTER FROM THE CEO AN EXTRAORDINARY OPPORTUNITY AHEAD Since joining HP, I have been impressed with our financial strength, the breadth and quality of our portfolio, and the commitment and talent of our people. These are significant competitive advantages that position us to lead the industry and win in the marketplace. However, for all we have accomplished, I believe that our greatest opportunities lie ahead. In the 21st century, information is the world’s most valuable resource. At the heart of this evolution, information technology has expanded from a tool for productivity into tools for communication and collaboration, and today, information technology is rapidly becoming the fabric of society. Data flows from people to people, people to machines, machines to machines, and back again. Bits and bytes are the universal currency. As a result, our needs, our expectations, and our opportunities are changing. The coming together of mobility and cloud computing puts your life and your business in the palm of your hand. Anywhere in the world, whether you are an individual, an employee, or a CEO, you expect your information on—across devices, screens, pages, and locations. This expectation is reshaping businesses and governments. Instant-On Enterprises are embedding technology into everything they do so their most important asset—information—is available in an instant, helping drive efficiency and spark innovation. Collectively, the right information at the right place at the right time can significantly increase the positive impact we have on our most vital issues, like improving healthcare, increasing access to education, and preserving the environment. At HP, our mission is to innovate at every touchpoint of information—from creation to capture, from management to delivery, and all the collaboration that goes on in between. We create the solutions that transform data into value, bytes into experiences, and noise into knowledge. We drive that innovation at an unmatched scale to advance human progress. A woman in Ghana can have a face- to-face conversation with her daughter in France or authenticate her mother’s medication with a simple text message sent to the cloud. A fast-growing bank in India can delight customers with anytime, anywhere services. Or a start-up new media company in Canada can redefine journalism with on-demand, professional- quality publishing. Governments can anticipate threats while respecting the privacy of their citizens, build intelligent infrastructures to manage scarce resources, and reinvent vital services for growing urban and aging populations. The expanding global middle class can fully participate in the information economy, and the door of opportunity can open to the nearly 7 billion people in the global community. At HP, we are well-positioned to create value for our customers and stockholders. The role of technology is becoming increasingly fundamental to the workings of our global society, and we are harnessing the power of information to improve the way people live, businesses operate, and the world works. Best Regards, Léo Apotheker President and Chief Executive Officer * Fiscal year 2010 non-GAAP financial information excludes $2.1 billion of adjustments on an after-tax basis, or $0.89 per diluted share, related primarily to the amortization of purchased intangible assets, restructuring charges, and acquisition-related charges. HP’s management uses non-GAAP operating profit and non- GAAP diluted earnings per share (EPS) to evaluate and forecast HP’s performance before gains, losses, or other charges that are considered by HP’s management to be outside of HP’s core business segment operating results. HP believes that presenting non-GAAP operating profit and non-GAAP diluted EPS, in addition to GAAP operating profit and GAAP diluted EPS, provides investors with greater transparency to the information used by HP’s management in its financial and operational decision making. HP further believes that providing this additional non-GAAP information helps investors understand HP’s operating performance and evaluate the efficacy of the methodology and information used by management to evaluate and measure such performance. This additional non-GAAP information is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for GAAP operating profit and GAAP diluted EPS. HP ANNUAL REPORT | 2010 MEMBERS OF THE BOARD As of December 31, 2010 Marc L. Andreessen DIRECTOR SINCE 2009 Lawrence T. Babbio, Jr. DIRECTOR SINCE 2002 Rajiv L. Gupta DIRECTOR SINCE 2009 Mr. Andreessen is co-founder and a Mr. Babbio has served as Senior Advisor to Mr. Gupta has served as Chairman general partner of Andreessen Horowitz, Warburg Pincus, a private equity firm, since of Avantor Performance Materials, a a venture capital firm founded in July June 2007. Previously, Mr. Babbio served manufacturer of chemistries and materials, 2009, and co-founder and Chairman of as Vice Chairman and President of Verizon since August 2010 and as Senior Advisor Ning, Inc., an online platform for people Communications, Inc., a telecommunications to New Mountain Capital, LLC, a private to create their own social networks. From company, from 2000 until his retirement in equity firm, since July 2009. Previously, 1999 to July 2007, Mr. Andreessen served April 2007. Mr. Babbio also served as Vice Mr. Gupta served as Chairman and as Chairman of Opsware, Inc., a software Chairman of Bell Atlantic Corporation, a Chief Executive Officer of Rohm and company that he co-founded. From March telecommunications company, from 1995 Haas Company, a worldwide producer to September 1999, Mr. Andreessen until the formation of Verizon through of specialty materials, from 1999 to April served as Chief Technology Officer of the merger of Bell Atlantic and GTE 2009. Mr. Gupta occupied various other America Online, Inc., a software company. Corporation, another telecommunications positions at Rohm and Haas after joining Mr. Andreessen co-founded Netscape company, in 2000; as Executive Vice the company in 1971, including Vice Communications Corporation, a software President and Chief Operating Officer Chairman from 1998 to 1999; Director of company, and served in various positions, of Bell Atlantic from 1994 to 1995; and the Electronic Materials business from 1996 including Chief Technology Officer and as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer to 1999; and Vice President and Regional Executive Vice President of Products, from and President of Bell Atlantic Enterprises Director of the Asia-Pacific Region from 1994 to 1999. Mr. Andreessen also is a International, Inc. from 1991 to 1994. 1993 to 1998. Mr. Gupta also is a director director of eBay Inc. and several private companies. Léo Apotheker DIRECTOR SINCE 2010 Sari M. Baldauf DIRECTOR SINCE 2006 of Tyco International Ltd., The Vanguard Group, and several private companies. Ms. Baldauf served as Executive Vice President and General Manager of John H. Hammergren DIRECTOR SINCE 2005 Mr. Apotheker has served as HP’s President the Networks business group of Nokia Mr. Hammergren has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and as a Corporation, a communications company, of McKesson Corporation, a healthcare member of HP’s Board of Directors since from 1998 until February 2005. She services and information technology November 2010. Mr. Apotheker served previously held various positions at Nokia company, since 2002 and as President and as Chief Executive Officer of SAP AG, a since joining the company in 1983, Chief Executive Officer of McKesson since software company, from June 2009 until including Executive Vice President of 2001. Mr. Hammergren joined McKesson February 2010 after having served as Nokia, Asia-Pacific from 1997 to 1998 in 1996 and held a number of management co-Chief Executive Officer of SAP from and President of Nokia Cellular Systems positions before becoming President and April 2008 to May 2009. Previously, from 1988 to 1996. Ms. Baldauf also was Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Hammergren Mr. Apotheker served as worldwide a member of the Executive Board of Nokia also is a director of Nadro, S.A. de C.V. Chairman of Customer Solutions and from 1994 until January 2005. Ms. Baldauf (Mexico). Operations for SAP from 2002 until April serves as a director of Daimler AG and 2008. Mr. Apotheker occupied various three companies headquartered in Finland. other positions at SAP after joining the company in 1995, including Chairman of SAP EMEA from 1999 to 2002; Chairman of SAP for the South-West Europe Region from 1997 to 1999; and CEO of SAP France and SAP Belgium from 1995 to 1997. Mr. Apotheker also is Vice Chairman of the supervisory board of Schneider Electric SA. Joel Z. Hyatt DIRECTOR SINCE 2007 Mr. Hyatt has served as Vice Chairman of Current Media, LLC, a cable and satellite television company, since July 2009. Previously, Mr. Hyatt served as Chief Executive Officer of Current Media from 2002 until July 2009. From 1998 to 2003, Mr. Hyatt was a Lecturer in Entrepreneurship at the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. Previously, Mr. Hyatt was the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Hyatt Legal Plans, Inc., a provider of employer-sponsored group legal plans. HP ANNUAL REPORT | 2010 MEMBERS OF THE BOARD John R. Joyce DIRECTOR SINCE 2007 Robert L. Ryan DIRECTOR SINCE 2004 G. Kennedy Thompson DIRECTOR SINCE 2006 Mr. Joyce has served as Vice Chairman Mr. Ryan served as Senior Vice President Mr. Thompson has served as Senior and Chief Financial Officer of Silver and Chief Financial Officer of Medtronic, Advisor to Aquiline Capital Partners LLC, Spring Networks, Inc., a utility networking Inc., a medical technology company, from a private equity firm, since May 2009. solutions company, since September 1993 until his retirement in May 2005. Previously, Mr. Thompson served as 2010. Previously, Mr. Joyce served as a Previously, Mr. Ryan held various positions Chairman of Wachovia Corporation, managing director of Silver Lake, a private with Union Texas Petroleum Corp., a a financial services company, from equity firm, from July 2005 until March petroleum products company, from 1982 2003 until June 2008. Mr. Thompson 2010. Prior to joining Silver Lake, Mr. Joyce to 1993, including Vice President, Finance, also served as Chief Executive Officer served in multiple roles during a 30-year and Chief Financial Officer; Controller; and of Wachovia, formerly First Union career at International Business Machines Treasurer. From 1996 to 2008, Mr. Ryan Corporation, from 2000 until June Corporation, a global technology company, served as a director of UnitedHealth Group 2008 and as President from 1999 until including Senior Vice President and Group Incorporated. Mr. Ryan also is a director June 2008. Previously at First Union, Executive of the IBM Global Services of General Mills, Inc.; Stanley Black & Mr. Thompson served as Chairman for a division; Chief Financial Officer; President, Decker, Inc.; and Citigroup, Inc. portion of 2001; Vice Chairman from 1998 to 1999; and Executive Vice President from 1996 to 1998. IBM Asia Pacific; and Vice President and Controller for IBM’s global operations. From 2005 to 2010, Mr. Joyce served as a director of Avago Technologies Limited and Gartner, Inc. Raymond J. Lane DIRECTOR SINCE 2010 Lucille S. Salhany DIRECTOR SINCE 2002 Ms. Salhany has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of JHMedia, a consulting company, since 1997. Since 2003, she has been a partner and director of Echo Bridge Entertainment, an Mr. Lane has served as HP’s non-executive independent film distribution company. Chairman since November 2010. Mr. Lane From 1999 to 2002, she was President and has served as Managing Partner of Kleiner Chief Executive Officer of LifeFX Networks, Perkins Caufield & Byers, a private equity Inc., a communications software company, firm, since 2000. Prior to joining Kleiner which filed for federal bankruptcy Perkins, Mr. Lane was President and Chief protection in May 2002. Previously, Operating Officer and a director of Oracle Ms. Salhany served as President and Chief Corporation, a software company. Before Executive Officer of United Paramount joining Oracle in 1992, Mr. Lane was a Network, a television network, from 1994 senior partner of Booz Allen Hamilton, a until 1997. From 1993 to 1994, she served consulting company. Prior to Booz Allen as Chairman of Fox Broadcasting Company Hamilton, Mr. Lane served as a division and also was a director of Fox Inc. vice president with Electronic Data Systems Corporation, an IT services company that HP acquired in August 2008. Mr. Lane also is a director of Quest Software, Inc. and several private companies. HP ANNUAL REPORT | 2010 HP EXECUTIVE TEAM As of December 31, 2010 Léo Apotheker President and Catherine A. Lesjak Executive Vice President Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Peter J. Bocian Ann M. Livermore Executive Vice President and Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer HP Enterprise Business R. Todd Bradley Randall D. Mott Executive Vice President, Executive Vice President and Personal Systems Group Chief Information Officer Michael J. Holston Marcela Perez de Alonso Executive Vice President, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary Human Resources Vyomesh I. Joshi Executive Vice President, Shane V. Robison Executive Vice President Imaging and Printing Group and Chief Strategy and Technology Officer THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This document contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. If the risks or uncertainties ever materialize or the assumptions prove incorrect, the results of Hewlett-Packard Company and its consolidated subsidiaries could differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements and assumptions. All statements other than statements of historical fact are statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements, including but not limited to any projections of revenue, margins, expenses, earnings, earnings per share, the impact of acquisitions, or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies, and objectives of management for future operations; any statements concerning the expected development, performance, or market share relating to products or services; any statements regarding current or future macroeconomic trends or events and the impact of those trends and events on HP and its financial performance; any statements of expectation or belief; and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Risks, uncertainties, and assumptions include the impact of macroeconomic and geopolitical trends and events; the competitive pressures faced by HP’s businesses; the development and transition of new products and services (and the enhancement of existing products and services) to meet customer needs and respond to emerging technological trends; the execution and performance of contracts by HP and its suppliers, customers, and partners; the protection of HP’s intellectual property assets, including intellectual property licensed from third parties; integration and other risks associated with business combination and investment transactions; the hiring and retention of key employees; assumptions related to pension and other post-retirement costs; expectations and assumptions relating to the execution and timing of cost reduction programs and restructuring plans; the resolution of pending investigations, claims, and disputes; and other risks that are described in HP’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including but not limited to HP’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010, which is included as part of this document. HP assumes no obligation and does not intend to update these forward-looking statements. HP ANNUAL REPORT | 2010 UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K (Mark One) (cid:2) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010 Or (cid:3) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to Commission file number 1-4423 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 3000 Hanover Street, Palo Alto, California (Address of principal executive offices) 94-1081436 (I.R.S. employer identification no.) 94304 (Zip code) Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (650) 857-1501 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Name of each exchange on which registered Common stock, par value $0.01 per share New York Stock Exchange Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:2) No (cid:3) Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes (cid:3) No (cid:2) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:2) No (cid:3) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes (cid:2) No (cid:3) Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:2) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of ‘‘large accelerated filer,’’ ‘‘accelerated filer’’ and ‘‘smaller reporting company’’ in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): Large accelerated filer (cid:2) Smaller reporting company (cid:3) Accelerated filer (cid:3) Non-accelerated filer (cid:3) (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:3) No (cid:2) The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates was $121,784,010,000 based on the last sale price of common stock on April 30, 2010. The number of shares of HP common stock outstanding as of November 30, 2010 was 2,190,425,610 shares. DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Portions of the Registrant’s proxy statement related to its 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after Registrant’s fiscal year end of October 31, 2010 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report. 10-K PART III Hewlett-Packard Company Form 10-K For the Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2010 Table of Contents PART I Item 1. Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 1A. Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 2. Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 3. PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Item 6. Item 7. Purchases of Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selected Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Financial Statements and Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 8. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Item 9. Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 9A. Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 9B. Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PART III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 11. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Item 12. Item 13. Item 14. Item 15. Stockholder Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence . . . . . . Principal Accounting Fees and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PART IV Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3 15 31 31 32 33 35 36 67 69 156 156 156 158 158 158 158 159 160 Forward-Looking Statements This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations’’ in Item 7, contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. If the risks or uncertainties ever materialize or the assumptions prove incorrect, the results of Hewlett-Packard Company and its consolidated subsidiaries (‘‘HP’’) may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements and assumptions. All statements other than statements of historical fact are statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements, including but not limited to any projections of revenue, margins, expenses, earnings, earnings per share, tax provisions, cash flows, benefit obligations, share repurchases, currency exchange rates, the impact of acquisitions or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations, including execution of cost reduction programs and restructuring plans; any statements concerning the expected development, performance or market share relating to products or services; any statements regarding current or future macroeconomic trends or events and the impact of those trends and events on HP and its financial performance; any statements regarding pending investigations, claims or disputes; any statements of expectation or belief; and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Risks, uncertainties and assumptions include the impact of macroeconomic and geopolitical trends and events; the competitive pressures faced by HP’s businesses; the development and transition of new products and services (and the enhancement of existing products and services) to meet customer needs and respond to emerging technological trends; the execution and performance of contracts by HP and its suppliers, customers and partners; the protection of HP’s intellectual property assets, including intellectual property licensed from third parties; integration and other risks associated with business combination and investment transactions; the hiring and retention of key employees; assumptions related to pension and other post-retirement costs; expectations and assumptions relating to the execution and timing of cost reduction programs and restructuring plans; the resolution of pending investigations, claims and disputes; and other risks that are described herein, including but not limited to the items discussed in ‘‘Risk Factors’’ in Item 1A of this report, and that are otherwise described or updated from time to time in HP’s Securities and Exchange Commission reports. HP assumes no obligation and does not intend to update these forward- looking statements. ITEM 1. Business. PART I HP is a leading global provider of products, technologies, software, solutions and services to individual consumers, small- and medium-sized businesses (‘‘SMBs’’) and large enterprises, including customers in the government, health and education sectors. Our offerings span: (cid:129) multi-vendor customer services, including infrastructure technology and business process outsourcing, technology support and maintenance, application development and support services and consulting and integration services; (cid:129) enterprise information technology infrastructure, including enterprise storage and server technology, networking products and solutions, information management software and software that optimizes business technology investments; (cid:129) personal computing and other access devices; and (cid:129) imaging and printing-related products and services. HP was incorporated in 1947 under the laws of the State of California as the successor to a partnership founded in 1939 by William R. Hewlett and David Packard. Effective in May 1998, we changed our state of incorporation from California to Delaware. 3 HP Products and Services; Segment Information Our operations are organized into seven business segments: Services, Enterprise Storage and Servers (‘‘ESS’’), HP Software, the Personal Systems Group (‘‘PSG’’), the Imaging and Printing Group (‘‘IPG’’), HP Financial Services (‘‘HPFS’’), and Corporate Investments. Services, ESS and HP Software are reported collectively as a broader HP Enterprise Business. While the HP Enterprise Business is not an operating segment, we sometimes provide financial data aggregating the segments within it in order to provide a supplementary view of our business. In each of the past three fiscal years, notebooks, desktops and printing supplies each accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated net revenue. In fiscal 2009 and 2010, infrastructure technology outsourcing also accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated net revenue. A summary of our net revenue, earnings from operations and assets for our segments and business units is found in Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference. A discussion of factors potentially affecting our operations is set forth in ‘‘Risk Factors’’ in Item 1A, which is incorporated herein by reference. HP Enterprise Business The HP Enterprise Business provides servers, storage, software and information technology (‘‘IT’’) services that enable enterprise and midmarket business customers to better manage their current IT environments and transform IT into a business enabler. HP Enterprise Business products, software and services help accelerate growth, minimize risk and reduce costs to optimize the business value of customers’ IT investments. Companies around the globe leverage HP’s infrastructure solutions to deploy next generation data centers and address business challenges ranging from compliance to business continuity. The HP Enterprise Business’s modular IT systems and services are primarily standards-based and feature differentiated technologies in areas including power and cooling, unified management, security, virtualization and automation. Each of the three financial reporting segments within the HP Enterprise Business are described in detail below. Services Services provides consulting, outsourcing and technology services across infrastructure, applications and business process domains. Services delivers to its clients by leveraging investments in consulting and support professionals, infrastructure technology, applications, standardized methodologies, and global supply and delivery. Our services businesses also create opportunities for us to sell additional hardware units by offering solutions that encompass both products and services. Services is divided into four main business units: infrastructure technology outsourcing, technology services, applications services and business process outsourcing. Infrastructure Technology Outsourcing. Infrastructure technology outsourcing delivers comprehensive services that streamline and optimize our clients’ infrastructure to efficiently enhance performance, reduce costs, mitigate risk and enable business change. These services encompass the data center and the workplace (desktop); network and communications; and security, compliance and business continuity. We also offer a set of managed services, providing a cross-section of our broader infrastructure services for smaller discrete engagements. Technology Services. HP provides consulting and support services, as well as warranty support across HP’s product lines. HP specializes in keeping technology running with mission critical services, converged infrastructure services, networking services, data center transformation services and infrastructure services for storage, server and unified communication environments. HP’s technology services offerings are available in the form of service contracts, pre-packaged offerings (HP Care Pack services) or on an individual basis. 4 Application Services. Applications services help clients revitalize and manage their applications assets through flexible, project-based, consulting services and longer-term outsourcing contracts. These full life cycle services encompass application development, testing, modernization, system integration, maintenance and management. Applications projects open doors to new infrastructure technology outsourcing and business process outsourcing opportunities and represent attractive cross-selling opportunities to current HP clients. Business Process Outsourcing. Business process outsourcing is powered by a platform of underlying infrastructure technology, applications and standardized methodologies and is supplemented by IT experience and in-depth, industry-specific knowledge. These services encompass both industry-specific and cross-industry solutions. Our cross-industry solutions include a broad array of enterprise shared services, customer relationship management services, financial process management services and administrative services. Enterprise Storage and Servers The server market continues to shift towards standards-based architectures as proprietary hardware and operating systems are replaced by industry standard server platforms that typically offer compelling price and performance advantages by leveraging standards-based operating systems and microprocessor designs. At the same time, critical business functions continue to demand scalability and reliability. By providing a broad portfolio of storage and server solutions, ESS aims to optimize the combined product solutions required by different customers and provide solutions for a wide range of operating environments, spanning both the enterprise and the SMB markets. ESS provides storage and server products in a number of categories. Industry Standard Servers. Industry standard servers include primarily entry-level and mid-range ProLiant servers, which run primarily Windows(cid:4), Linux and Novell operating systems and leverage Intel Corporation (‘‘Intel’’) and Advanced Micro Devices (‘‘AMD’’) processors. The business spans a range of product lines that include pedestal-tower servers, density-optimized rack servers and HP’s BladeSystem family of server blades. In fiscal 2010, HP’s industry standard server business continued to lead the industry in terms of units shipped and revenue. HP also has a leadership position in server blades, the fastest growing segment of the market. Business Critical Systems. Business Critical Systems include HP Integrity servers based on the Intel(cid:4) Itanium(cid:4)-based processor that run HP-UX, Windows and OpenVMS operating systems, as well as fault-tolerant HP Integrity NonStop solutions. Business Critical Systems also include HP’s scale-up x86 ProLiant servers with more than four processors. In addition, HP continues to support the HP9000 servers and HP AlphaServers with compelling offers available to upgrade these legacy systems to current HP Integrity systems. During 2010, we introduced new Integrity blade servers and the Superdome 2 server solution based on the BladeSystem architecture. Storage. HP’s StorageWorks offerings include entry-level, mid-range and high-end arrays, storage area networks, network attached storage, storage management software and virtualization technologies, as well as StoreOnce data deduplication solutions, tape drives, tape libraries and optical archival storage. HP Software HP Software is a leading provider of enterprise and service-provider software and services. Our portfolio consists of: Enterprise IT management software. Enterprise IT management solutions, including support and professional services, allow customers to manage IT infrastructure, operations, applications, IT services, and business processes. These solutions also include tools to automate data center operations and IT 5 processes. We market them as the HP business technology optimization suite, and we deliver them in the form of traditional software licenses and, in some cases, via a software-as-a-service distribution model. Information management and business intelligence solutions. Our information management and business intelligence solutions include information data strategy, enterprise data warehousing, data integration, data protection, archiving, compliance, e-discovery and records management products. These solutions enable businesses to extract more value from their structured and unstructured information. Communications and media solutions. Our communications and media industry solutions address the creation, delivery and management of consumer and enterprise communications services, with offerings in service delivery infrastructure and applications, real-time business support systems, next-generation operations support systems and digital media. These solutions enable operators, media companies, and network equipment providers to drive incremental revenue, enable new business models and reduce infrastructure costs. Personal Systems Group PSG is the leading provider of personal computers (‘‘PCs’’) in the world based on unit volume shipped and annual revenue. PSG provides commercial PCs, consumer PCs, workstations, handheld computing devices, calculators and other related accessories, software and services for the commercial and consumer markets. We group commercial desktops, commercial notebooks and workstations into commercial clients and consumer desktop and consumer notebooks into consumer clients when describing our performance in these markets. Like the broader PC market, PSG continues to experience a shift toward mobile products such as notebooks. Both commercial and consumer PCs are based predominately on the Windows operating system and use Intel and AMD processors. Commercial PCs. Commercial PCs are optimized for commercial uses, including enterprise and small- and medium- sized business (‘‘SMB’’) customers, and for connectivity and manageability in networked environments. Commercial PCs include HP Compaq, HP Pro and HP Elite lines of business desktops and notebooks, as well as the All in One TouchSmart and Omni PCs, HP Mini-Note PCs, HP Blade PCs, Retail POS systems and HP TwinClients. Consumer PCs. Consumer PCs include the HP and Compaq series of multi-media consumer desktops, notebooks and mini notebooks, including the TouchSmart line of touch-enabled all-in-one desktops and notebooks. Workstations. Workstations are individual computing products designed for users demanding enhanced performance, such as computer animation, engineering design and other programs requiring high-resolution graphics. PSG provides workstations that run on both Windows(cid:4) and Linux-based operating systems. Handheld Computing. PSG provides a series of HP iPAQ Pocket PC handheld computing devices that run on Windows Mobile(cid:4) software. These products range from basic PDAs to advanced ‘‘smartphone’’ devices with voice and data capability. Imaging and Printing Group IPG provides consumer and commercial printer hardware, printing supplies, printing media and scanning devices. IPG is also focused on imaging solutions in the commercial markets. These solutions range from managed print services solutions to addressing new growth opportunities in commercial printing and capturing high-value pages in areas such as industrial applications, outdoor signage, and the graphic arts business. 6 Inkjet and Web Solutions. Inkjet and web solutions include HP’s consumer and SMB inkjet solutions (hardware, supplies, and media) and HP’s retail and web businesses. These solutions include single function and all-in-one inkjet printers targeted toward consumers and SMBs as well as retail publishing solutions, Snapfish, and Logoworks. LaserJet and Enterprise Solutions. LaserJet and enterprise solutions include LaserJet printers and supplies, multi-function printers (‘‘MFDs’’), scanners, and enterprise software solutions such as Exstream Software and Web Jetadmin. Managed Enterprise Solutions. Managed enterprise solutions include managed print services products and solutions delivered to enterprise customers partnering with third-party software providers to offer workflow solutions in the enterprise environment. Graphics Solutions. Graphics solutions include large format printing (Designjet and Scitex), large format supplies, WebPress supplies, Indigo printing, specialty printing systems and inkjet high-speed production solutions. Printer Supplies. Printer supplies include LaserJet toner and inkjet printer cartridges, graphic solutions ink products and other printing-related media. HP Financial Services HPFS supports and enhances HP’s global product and service solutions, providing a broad range of value-added financial life cycle management services. HPFS enables our worldwide customers to acquire complete IT solutions, including hardware, software and services. The group offers leasing, financing, utility programs and asset recovery services, as well as financial asset management services for large global and enterprise customers. HPFS also provides an array of specialized financial services to SMBs and educational and governmental entities. HPFS offers innovative, customized and flexible alternatives to balance unique customer cash flow, technology obsolescence and capacity needs. Corporate Investments Corporate Investments includes Hewlett-Packard Laboratories, also known as HP Labs, network infrastructure products, mobile devices associated with the Palm acquisition, and certain business incubation projects. Revenue in this segment is attributable to the sale of certain network infrastructure products, including Ethernet switch products that enhance computing and enterprise solutions under the ProCurve, 3Com and TippingPoint brands. The segment also includes certain video collaboration products sold under the brand ‘‘Halo,’’ and Palm smartphones, which are targeted at the consumer segment and include the Pixi and Pre models running on the WebOS operating system. Corporate Investments also derives revenue from licensing specific HP technology to third parties. Sales, Marketing and Distribution We manage our business and report our financial results based on the principal business segments described above. Our customers are organized by consumer and commercial customer groups, and distribution is organized by direct and channel. Within the channel, we have various types of partners that we utilize for various customer groups. The partners include: (cid:129) retailers that sell our products to the public through their own physical or Internet stores; (cid:129) resellers that sell our products and services, frequently with their own value-added products or services, to targeted customer groups; (cid:129) distribution partners that supply our solutions to smaller resellers with which we do not have direct relationships; 7 (cid:129) independent distributors that sell our products into geographies or customer segments in which we have little or no presence; (cid:129) original equipment manufacturers (‘‘OEMs’’) that integrate our products with their own hardware or software and sell the integrated products; (cid:129) independent software vendors (‘‘ISVs’’) that provide their clients with specialized software products, and often assist us in selling our products and services to clients purchasing their products; (cid:129) systems integrators that provide various levels and kinds of expertise in designing and implementing custom IT solutions and often partner with our services business to extend their expertise or influence the sale of our products and services; and (cid:129) advisory firms that provide various levels of management and IT consulting, including some systems integration work, and that typically partner with our services business on client solutions that require our unique products and services. The mix of HP’s business by channel or direct sales differs substantially by business and region. We believe that customer buying patterns and different regional market conditions necessitate sales, marketing and distribution to be tailored accordingly. HP is focused on driving the depth and breadth of its coverage in addition to efficiencies and productivity gains in both the direct and indirect business. The HP Enterprise Business manages most of our enterprise and public sector customer relationships and also has primary responsibility for simplifying sales processes across our segments to improve speed and effectiveness of customer delivery. In this capacity, the HP Enterprise Business manages our direct sales for value products including UNIX(cid:4), enterprise storage and software and pre-sales technical consultants, as well as our direct distribution activities for commercial products and go-to-market activities with systems integrators and ISVs. The HP Enterprise Business also drives HP horizontal and vertical solutions through our own services arm and through the partners previously listed above. The HP Enterprise Business drives HP’s vertical sales and marketing approach in the communication, media and entertainment, financial services, manufacturing and distribution and public sector industries. PSG manages SMB customer relationships and commercial reseller channels, due largely to the significant volume of commercial PCs that HP sells through these channels. In addition to commercial channel relationships, the Volume Direct organization, which is charged with the management of direct sales for volume products, is hosted within PSG. In addition, PSG manages direct online sales through the Consumer Exchange and the Small Business Exchange. IPG manages HP’s overall consumer-related sales and marketing activities, including our annual consumer product launch for the back-to-school and holiday seasons. IPG also manages consumer channel relationships with third-party retail locations for imaging and printing products, as well as other consumer products, including consumer PCs, which provides for a bundled sale opportunity between PCs and IPG products. Manufacturing and Materials We utilize a significant number of outsourced manufacturers (‘‘OMs’’) around the world to manufacture HP-designed products. The use of OMs is intended to generate cost efficiencies and reduce time to market for HP-designed products. We use multiple OMs to maintain flexibility in our supply chain and manufacturing processes. In some circumstances, third-party OEMs manufacture products that we purchase and resell under the HP brand. In addition to our use of OMs, we currently manufacture a limited number of finished products from components and sub-assemblies that we acquire from a wide range of vendors. 8 We utilize two primary methods of fulfilling demand for products: building products to order and configuring products to order. We employ building products to order capabilities to maximize manufacturing and logistics efficiencies by producing high volumes of basic product configurations. Configuring products to order permits configuration of units to the particular hardware and software customization requirements of customers. Our inventory management and distribution practices in both building products to order and configuring products to order seek to minimize inventory holding periods by taking delivery of the inventory and manufacturing immediately prior to the sale or distribution of products to our customers. We purchase materials, supplies and product subassemblies from a substantial number of vendors. For most of our products, we have existing alternate sources of supply, or such sources are readily available. However, we do rely on sole sources for laser printer engines, LaserJet supplies and parts for products with short life cycles (although some of these sources have operations in multiple locations in the event of a disruption). We are dependent upon Intel as a supplier of processors and Microsoft for various software products. However, we believe that disruptions with these suppliers would result in industry-wide dislocations and therefore would not disproportionately disadvantage us relative to our competitors. For processors, we also have a relationship with AMD, and we have continued to see solid acceptance of AMD processors in the market during fiscal 2010. Like other participants in the high technology industry, we ordinarily acquire materials and components through a combination of blanket and scheduled purchase orders to support our requirements for periods averaging 90 to 120 days. From time to time, we experience significant price volatility and supply constraints for certain components that are not available from multiple sources. Frequently, we are able to obtain scarce components for somewhat higher prices on the open market, which may have an impact on gross margin but does not disrupt production. We also acquire component inventory in anticipation of supply constraints or enter into longer-term pricing commitments with vendors to improve the priority, price and availability of supply. See ‘‘Risk Factors— We depend on third-party suppliers, and our revenue and gross margin could suffer if we fail to manage suppliers properly,’’ in Item 1A, which is incorporated herein by reference. International Our products and services are available worldwide. We believe this geographic diversity allows us to meet demand on a worldwide basis for both consumer and enterprise customers, draws on business and technical expertise from a worldwide workforce, provides stability to our operations, allows us to drive economies of scale, provides revenue streams to offset geographic economic trends and offers us an opportunity to access new markets for maturing products. In addition, we believe that future growth is dependent in part on our ability to develop products and sales models that target developing countries. In this regard, we believe that our broad geographic presence gives us a solid base upon which to build such future growth. A summary of our domestic and international net revenue and net property, plant and equipment is set forth in Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference. Approximately 65% of our overall net revenue in fiscal 2010 came from outside the United States. The substantial majority of our net revenue originating outside the United States was from customers other than foreign governments. For a discussion of risks attendant to HP’s foreign operations, see ‘‘Risk Factors—Due to the international nature of our business, political or economic changes or other factors could harm our future revenue, costs and expenses and financial condition,’’ in Item 1A, ‘‘Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk’’ in Item 7A and Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which are incorporated herein by reference. 9 Research and Development We remain committed to innovation as a key element of HP’s culture. Our development efforts are focused on designing and developing products, services and solutions that anticipate customers’ changing needs and desires and emerging technological trends. Our efforts also are focused on identifying the areas where we believe we can make a unique contribution and the areas where partnering with other leading technology companies will leverage our cost structure and maximize our customers’ experiences. HP Labs, together with the various research and development groups within the five principal business segments, are responsible for our research and development efforts. HP Labs is part of our Corporate Investments segment. Expenditures for research and development were $3.0 billion in fiscal 2010, $2.8 billion in fiscal 2009 and $3.5 billion in fiscal 2008. We anticipate that we will continue to have significant research and development expenditures in the future to provide a continuing flow of innovative, high-quality products and services to maintain and enhance our competitive position. For a discussion of risks attendant to our research and development activities, see ‘‘Risk Factors— If we cannot continue to develop, manufacture and market products and services that meet customer requirements for innovation and quality, our revenue and gross margin may suffer,’’ in Item 1A, which is incorporated herein by reference. Patents Our general policy has been to seek patent protection for those inventions and improvements likely to be incorporated into our products and services or where proprietary rights will improve our competitive position. At October 31, 2010, our worldwide patent portfolio included over 37,000 patents, which represents an increase over the number of patents in our patent portfolio at the end of both fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008. Patents generally have a term of twenty years from the time they are filed. As our patent portfolio has been built over time, the remaining terms on the individual patents vary. We believe that our patents and applications are important for maintaining the competitive differentiation of our products and services, enhancing our ability to access technology of third parties, and maximizing our return on research and development investments. No single patent is in itself essential to us as a whole or any of our principal business segments. In addition to developing our patents, we license intellectual property from third parties as we deem appropriate. We have also granted and continue to grant to others licenses under patents owned by us when we consider these arrangements to be in our interest. These license arrangements include a number of cross-licenses with third parties. For a discussion of risks attendant to intellectual property rights, see ‘‘Risk Factors—Our revenue, cost of sales, and expenses may suffer if we cannot continue to license or enforce the intellectual property rights on which our businesses depend or if third parties assert that we violate their intellectual property rights,’’ in Item 1A, which is incorporated herein by reference. Backlog We believe that backlog is not a meaningful indicator of future business prospects due to the diversity of our products and services portfolio, including the large volume of products delivered from shelf or channel partner inventories and the shortening of product life cycles. Therefore, we believe that backlog information is not material to an understanding of our overall business. 10 Seasonality General economic conditions have an impact on our business and financial results. From time to time, the markets in which we sell our products experience weak economic conditions that may negatively affect sales. We experience some seasonal trends in the sale of our products and services. For example, European sales often are weaker in the summer months and consumer sales often are stronger in the fourth calendar quarter. Demand during the spring and early summer months also may be adversely impacted by market anticipation of seasonal trends. See ‘‘Risk Factors—Our sales cycle makes planning and inventory management difficult and future financial results less predictable,’’ in Item 1A, which is incorporated herein by reference. Competition We encounter aggressive competition in all areas of our business activity. We compete primarily on the basis of technology, performance, price, quality, reliability, brand, reputation, distribution, range of products and services, ease of use of our products, account relationships, customer training, service and support, security and availability of application software and our Internet infrastructure offerings. The markets for each of our business segments are characterized by vigorous competition among major corporations with long-established positions and a large number of new and rapidly growing firms. Product life cycles are short, and to remain competitive we must develop new products and services, periodically enhance our existing products and services and compete effectively on the basis of the factors listed above. In addition, we compete with many of our current and potential partners, including OEMs that design, manufacture and often market their products under their own brand names. Our successful management of these competitive partner relationships will continue to be critical to our future success. Moreover, we anticipate that we will have to continue to adjust prices on many of our products and services to stay competitive. On a revenue basis we are the largest company offering our range of general purpose computers and personal information, imaging and printing products for industrial, scientific, business and consumer applications, and IT services. We are the leader or among the leaders in each of our principal business segments. The competitive environments in which each segment operates are described below: Enterprise Storage and Servers. The areas in which ESS operates are intensely competitive and are characterized by rapid and ongoing technological innovation and price reductions. Our competitors range from broad solution providers such as International Business Machines Corporation (‘‘IBM’’) to more focused competitors such as EMC Corporation and NetApp, Inc. in storage and Dell, Inc. in industry standard servers. We believe that our important competitive advantages in this segment include the six technology components of our converged infrastructure initiatives: IT systems, power and cooling, security, management, virtualization and automation. We believe that our competitive advantages also include our global reach and our significant intellectual property portfolio and research and development capabilities, which will contribute to further enhancements of our product and service offerings and our ability to cross-sell our portfolio and leverage scale advantages in everything from brand to procurement leverage. 11 Services. Our service businesses including HP Enterprise Services and Technology Services compete in IT support services, consulting and integration, infrastructure technology outsourcing, business process outsourcing and application services. The IT support services and consulting and integration markets have been under significant pressure as our customers have reduced their IT budgets. However, this trend has benefited the outsourcing services business as customers drive toward lower IT management costs to enable more strategic investments. Our competitors include IBM Global Services, Computer Sciences Corporation, systems integration firms such as Accenture Ltd. and offshore companies such as Fujitsu Limited and India-based competitors Wipro Limited. Infosys Technologies Limited and Tata Consultancy Services Ltd. We also compete with other traditional hardware providers, such as Dell, which are increasingly offering services to support their products. Many of our competitors are able to offer a wide range of global services, and some of our competitors enjoy significant brand recognition. Our service businesses team with many companies to offer services, and those arrangements allow us to extend our reach and augment our capabilities. Our competitive advantages are evident in our deep technology expertise, which includes multi-vendor environments, virtualization and automation, our strong track record of collaboration with clients and partners, and the combination of our expertise in infrastructure management with skilled global resources in SAP, AG, Oracle Corporation and Microsoft Corporation platforms. HP Software. The areas in which HP Software operates are fueled by rapidly changing customer requirements and technologies. We market enterprise IT management software in competition with IBM, CA, Inc. (‘‘CAI’’), BMC Software, Inc. and others. Our information management and business intelligence solutions compete with products from companies like Symantec Corporation, IBM, EMC, CAI, and Teradata Corporation. We also deliver communications and media solutions that compete with products from IBM and various other competitors. As new delivery mechanisms such as software-as-a-service come on the scene, we are also confronting less traditional competitors. Our differentiation lies in the breadth and depth of our software and services portfolio and the scope of our market coverage. Personal Systems Group. The areas in which PSG operates are intensely competitive and are characterized by rapid price reductions and inventory depreciation. Our primary competitors for the branded personal computers are Dell, Acer Inc., ASUSTeK Computer Inc., Apple Inc., Lenovo Group Limited and Toshiba Corporation. In particular regions, we also experience competition from local companies and from generically-branded or ‘‘white box’’ manufacturers. Our competitive advantages include our broad product portfolio, our innovation and research and development capabilities, our brand and procurement leverage, our ability to cross-sell our portfolio of offerings, our extensive service and support offerings and the availability of our broad-based distribution of products from retail and commercial channels to direct sales. Imaging and Printing Group. The markets for printer hardware and associated supplies are highly competitive, especially with respect to pricing and the introduction of new products and features. IPG’s key competitors include Canon U.S.A., Inc., Lexmark International, Inc., Xerox Corporation, Seiko Epson Corporation, Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. and Brother Industries, Ltd. In addition, independent suppliers offer refill and remanufactured alternatives for our supplies which, although generally offering lower print quality and reliability, may be offered at lower prices and put pressure on our supplies sales and margins. Other companies also have developed and marketed new compatible cartridges for HP’s laser and inkjet products, particularly in jurisdictions outside of the United States where adequate intellectual property protection may not exist. In recent years, we and our competitors have regularly lowered prices on printer hardware both to reach new customers and in response to the competitive environment. Important areas for future growth include printer-based multi-function devices in the office space, digital presses in our imaging and graphics space and driving color printing expansion in the office. We believe we will continue to provide important new contributions in the home, the office and publishing environments by providing comprehensive solutions. 12 HP Financial Services. In our financing business, our competitors are captive financing companies, mainly IBM Global Financing, as well as banks and financial institutions. We believe our competitive advantage in this business over banks and financial institutions is our ability to finance products, services and total solutions. For a discussion of risks attendant to these competitive factors, see ‘‘Risk Factors—The competitive pressures we face could harm our revenue, gross margin and prospects,’’ in Item 1A, which is incorporated herein by reference. Environment Our operations are subject to regulation under various federal, state, local and foreign laws concerning the environment, including laws addressing the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, and the cleanup of contaminated sites. We could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, and third-party damage or personal injury claims, if we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws. Many of our products are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws governing chemical substances in products and their safe use, including laws regulating the manufacture and distribution of chemical substances and laws restricting the presence of certain substances in electronics products. Some of our products also are, or may in the future be, subject to requirements applicable to their energy consumption. In addition, we face increasing complexity in our product design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to the chemical and materials composition of our products, their safe use, and their energy efficiency, including requirements relating to climate change. We also are subject to legislation in an increasing number of jurisdictions that makes producers of electrical goods, including computers and printers, financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered products (sometimes referred to as ‘‘product take-back legislation’’). In the event our products become non-compliant with these laws, they could be restricted from entering certain jurisdictions, and we could face other sanctions, including fines. Our operations and ultimately our products are expected to become increasingly subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations and international treaties relating to climate change. As these laws, regulations and treaties and similar initiatives and programs are adopted and implemented throughout the world, we will be required to comply or potentially face market access limitations or other sanctions, including fines. However, we believe that technology will be fundamental to finding solutions to achieve compliance with and manage those requirements, and we are collaborating with industry, business groups and governments to find and promote ways that HP technology can be used address climate change and to facilitate compliance with these related laws, regulations and treaties. We are committed to maintaining compliance with all environmental laws applicable to our operations, products and services and to reducing our environmental impact across all aspects of our business. We meet this commitment with a comprehensive environmental, health and safety policy, strict environmental management of our operations and worldwide environmental programs and services. The liability for environmental remediation and other environmental costs is accrued when HP considers it probable and can reasonably estimate the costs. Environmental costs and accruals are presently not material to our operations or financial position. Although there is no assurance that existing or future environmental laws applicable to our operations or products will not have a material adverse effect on HP’s operations or financial condition, we do not currently anticipate material capital expenditures for environmental control facilities. 13 Executive Officers: L´eo Apotheker; age 57; President and Chief Executive Officer Mr. Apotheker has served as President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the Board of Directors since November 2010. Previously, Mr. Apotheker served as Chief Executive Officer of SAP AG, a software company, from June 2009 until February 2010 after having served as co-Chief Executive Officer of SAP from April 2008 to May 2009. Prior to that, Mr. Apotheker served as worldwide Chairman of Customer Solutions and Operations for SAP from 2002 until April 2008. Peter J. Bocian; age 56; Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer Mr. Bocian has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer since December 2008. Previously, Mr. Bocian served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer of Starbucks Corporation, a roaster and retailer of specialty coffee, from October 2007 until November 2008 after having served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer designate of Starbucks since May 2007. Prior to joining Starbucks, Mr. Bocian served in various positions at NCR Corporation since 1983, most recently as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from September 2004 until May 2007. R. Todd Bradley; age 52; Executive Vice President, Personal Systems Group Mr. Bradley has served as Executive Vice President of HP’s Personal Systems Group since June 2005. Michael J. Holston; age 48; Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary Mr. Holston has served as Executive Vice President and General Counsel since February 2007 and as Secretary since March 2007. Prior to that, he was a partner in the litigation practice at Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, where, among other clients, he supported HP as external counsel on a variety of litigation and regulatory matters for more than ten years. Vyomesh I. Joshi; age 56; Executive Vice President, Imaging and Printing Group Mr. Joshi has served as Executive Vice President of HP’s Imaging and Printing Group since 2002. Mr. Joshi also is a director of Yahoo! Inc. Catherine A. Lesjak; age 51; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Ms. Lesjak has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2007. Ms. Lesjak served as HP’s interim Chief Executive Officer from August 2010 until November 2010. Previously, she served as Senior Vice President from 2003 until December 2006 and as Treasurer from 2003 until March 2007. Ann M. Livermore; age 52; Executive Vice President, HP Enterprise Business Ms. Livermore has served as Executive Vice President of the HP Enterprise Business since May 2004. Ms. Livermore also is a director of United Parcel Service, Inc. John N. McMullen; age 52; Senior Vice President and Treasurer Mr. McMullen has served as Senior Vice President and Treasurer since March 2007. Previously, he served as Vice President of Finance for HP’s Imaging and Printing Group from May 2002 until 2007. 14 Randall D. Mott; age 54; Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer Mr. Mott has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer since July 2005. James T. Murrin; age 50; Senior Vice President, Controller and Principal Accounting Officer Mr. Murrin has served as Senior Vice President, Controller and Principal Accounting Officer since March 2007. Previously, he served as Vice President of Finance for the former Technology Solutions Group since 2004. Marcela Perez de Alonso; age 56; Executive Vice President, Human Resources Ms. Perez de Alonso has served as Executive Vice President, Human Resources since January 2004. In December 2010, we announced that Ms. Perez de Alonso will retire from HP following the hiring of her successor. Shane V. Robison; age 57; Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy and Technology Officer Mr. Robison has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy and Technology Officer since May 2002. Employees We had approximately 324,600 employees worldwide as of October 31, 2010. Available Information Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available on our website at http://www.hp.com/investor/home, as soon as reasonably practicable after HP electronically files such reports with, or furnishes those reports to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. HP’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, Board of Directors committee charters (including the charters of the Audit Committee, HR and Compensation Committee, and Nominating and Governance Committee) and code of ethics entitled ‘‘Standards of Business Conduct’’ also are available at that same location on our website. Stockholders may request free copies of these documents from: Hewlett-Packard Company Attention: Investor Relations 3000 Hanover Street Palo Alto, CA 94304 (866) GET-HPQ1 or (866) 438-4771 http://www.hp.com/investor/informationrequest Additional Information Microsoft(cid:4), Windows(cid:4) and Windows Mobile(cid:4) are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other jurisdictions. Intel(cid:4), Itanium(cid:4) and Intel Itanium(cid:4) are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the United States and/or other jurisdictions. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group. ITEM 1A. Risk Factors. Because of the following factors, as well as other variables affecting our operating results, past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance, and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods. 15 Competitive pressures could harm our revenue, gross margin and prospects. We encounter aggressive competition from numerous and varied competitors in all areas of our business, and our competitors may target our key market segments. We compete primarily on the basis of technology, performance, price, quality, reliability, brand, reputation, distribution, range of products and services, ease of use of our products, account relationships, customer training, service and support, security, availability of application software, and Internet infrastructure offerings. If our products, services, support and cost structure do not enable us to compete successfully based on any of those criteria, our operations, results and prospects could be harmed. Unlike many of our competitors, we have a portfolio of businesses and must allocate resources across these businesses while competing with companies that specialize in one or more of these product lines. As a result, we may invest less in certain areas of our businesses than our competitors do, and these competitors may have greater financial, technical and marketing resources available to them than our businesses that compete against them. Industry consolidation also may affect competition by creating larger, more homogeneous and potentially stronger competitors in the markets in which we compete, and our competitors also may affect our business by entering into exclusive arrangements with existing or potential customers or suppliers. In addition, companies with whom we have strategic alliances in some areas may be competitors in other areas. Those companies also may acquire or form alliances with our competitors, thereby reducing their business with us. Any inability to effectively manage these complicated relationships with strategic alliance partners could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. We may have to continue to lower the prices of many of our products and services to stay competitive, while at the same time trying to maintain or improve revenue and gross margin. The markets in which we do business, particularly the personal computer and printing markets, are highly competitive, and we encounter aggressive price competition for all of our products and services from numerous companies globally. Over the past several years, price competition in the market for personal computers, printers and related products has been particularly intense as competitors have aggressively cut prices and lowered their product margins for these products. In addition, competitors in some of the markets in which we compete with a greater presence in lower-cost jurisdictions may be able to offer lower prices than we are able to offer. Our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by these and other industry-wide pricing pressures. Because our business model is based on providing innovative and high quality products, we may spend a proportionately greater amount on research and development than some of our competitors. If we cannot proportionately decrease our cost structure on a timely basis in response to competitive price pressures, our gross margin and, therefore, our profitability could be adversely affected. In addition, if our pricing and other factors are not sufficiently competitive, or if there is an adverse reaction to our product decisions, we may lose market share in certain areas, which could adversely affect our revenue and prospects. Even if we are able to maintain or increase market share for a particular product, revenue could decline because the product is in a maturing industry. Revenue and margins also could decline due to increased competition from other types of products. For example, growing demand for an increasing array of mobile computing devices and the development of cloud-based solutions may reduce demand for some of our existing hardware products. In addition, refill and remanufactured alternatives for some of HP’s LaserJet toner and inkjet cartridges compete with HP’s supplies business. Other companies have also developed and marketed new compatible cartridges for HP’s LaserJet and inkjet products, particularly in jurisdictions outside of the United States where adequate intellectual property protection may not exist. 16 If we cannot continue to develop, manufacture and market products and services that meet customer requirements for innovation and quality, our revenue and gross margin may suffer. The process of developing new high technology products and services and enhancing existing products and services is complex, costly and uncertain, and any failure by us to anticipate customers’ changing needs and emerging technological trends accurately could significantly harm our market share and results of operations. For example, we must successfully address the increasing market demand for mobile computing devices in a variety of form factors that provide a compelling user experience. We must also attract and retain developers to ensure the continued availability and development of appealing and innovative software applications for our mobile computing devices. In addition, we are transitioning to an environment characterized by cloud-based computing and software being delivered as a service, and we must continue to successfully develop and deploy cloud-based solutions for our customers. We must make long-term investments, develop or obtain appropriate intellectual property and commit significant resources before knowing whether our predictions will accurately reflect customer demand for our products and services. After we develop a product, we must be able to manufacture appropriate volumes quickly and at low costs. To accomplish this, we must accurately forecast volumes, mixes of products and configurations that meet customer requirements, and we may not succeed at doing so at all or within a given product’s life cycle. Any delay in the development, production or marketing of a new product could result in us not being among the first to market, which could further harm our competitive position. In the course of conducting our business, we must adequately address quality issues associated with our products and services, including defects in our engineering, design and manufacturing processes, as well as defects in third-party components included in our products. In order to address quality issues, we work extensively with our customers and suppliers and engage in product testing to determine the cause of the problem and to determine appropriate solutions. However, we may have limited ability to control quality issues, particularly with respect to faulty components manufactured by third parties. If we are unable to determine the cause, find an appropriate solution or offer a temporary fix (or ‘‘patch’’), we may delay shipment to customers, which would delay revenue recognition and could adversely affect our revenue and reported results. Finding solutions to quality issues can be expensive and may result in additional warranty, replacement and other costs, adversely affecting our profits. If new or existing customers have difficulty operating our products, our operating margins could be adversely affected, and we could face possible claims if we fail to meet our customers’ expectations. In addition, quality issues can impair our relationships with new or existing customers and adversely affect our brand and reputation, which could adversely affect our operating results. Economic weakness and uncertainty could adversely affect our revenue, gross margin and expenses. Our revenue and gross margin depend significantly on worldwide economic conditions and the demand for computing and imaging products and services in the markets in which we compete. Economic weakness and uncertainty have resulted, and may result in the future, in decreased revenue, gross margin, earnings or growth rates and difficulty managing inventory levels. Sustained uncertainty about current global economic conditions may adversely affect demand for our products and services. Economic weakness and uncertainty also make it more difficult for us to make accurate forecasts of revenue, gross margin and expenses. We also have experienced, and may experience in the future, gross margin declines in certain businesses, reflecting the effect of items such as competitive pricing pressures, inventory write downs and increases in component and manufacturing costs resulting from higher labor and material costs borne by our manufacturers and suppliers that, as a result of competitive pricing pressures or other factors, we are unable to pass on to our customers. In addition, our business may be disrupted if we are unable to obtain equipment, parts and components from our suppliers—and our suppliers from their suppliers—due to the insolvency of key suppliers or the inability of key suppliers to obtain credit. 17 Economic weakness and uncertainty could cause our expenses to vary materially from our expectations. Any renewed financial turmoil affecting the banking system and financial markets or any significant financial services institution failures could negatively impact our treasury operations, as the financial condition of such parties may deteriorate rapidly and without notice in times of market volatility and disruption. Poor financial performance of asset markets could lead to increased pension and post-retirement benefit expenses. Other income and expense could vary materially from expectations depending on changes in interest rates, borrowing costs, currency exchange rates, hedging expenses and the fair value of derivative instruments. Economic downturns also may lead to restructuring actions and associated expenses. We depend on third-party suppliers, and our revenue and gross margin could suffer if we fail to manage suppliers properly. Our operations depend on our ability to anticipate our needs for components, products and services and our suppliers’ ability to deliver sufficient quantities of quality components, products and services at reasonable prices in time for us to meet critical schedules. Given the wide variety of systems, products and services that we offer, the large number of our suppliers and contract manufacturers that are dispersed across the globe, and the long lead times that are required to manufacture, assemble and deliver certain components and products, problems could arise in planning production and managing inventory levels that could seriously harm us. In addition, our ongoing project to improve the efficiency of our supply chain could cause supply disruptions and be more expensive, time consuming and resource-intensive than expected. Other supplier problems that we could face include component shortages, excess supply, risks related to the terms of our contracts with suppliers, risks associated with contingent workers, and risks related to our relationships with single source suppliers, as described below. (cid:129) Shortages. Occasionally we may experience a shortage of, or a delay in receiving, certain components as a result of strong demand, capacity constraints, supplier financial weaknesses, inability of suppliers to borrow funds in the credit markets, disputes with suppliers (some of whom are also customers), disruptions in the operations of component suppliers, other problems experienced by suppliers or problems faced during the transition to new suppliers. In particular, our PC business relies heavily upon OMs to manufacture its products and is therefore dependent upon the continuing operations of those OMs to fulfill demand for our PC products. HP represents a substantial portion of the business of some of these OMs, and any changes to the nature or volume of business transacted by HP with a particular OM could adversely affect the operations and financial condition of the OM and lead to shortages or delays in receiving products from that OM. If shortages or delays persist, the price of these components may increase, we may be exposed to quality issues or the components may not be available at all. We may not be able to secure enough components at reasonable prices or of acceptable quality to build products or provide services in a timely manner in the quantities or according to the specifications needed. Accordingly, our revenue and gross margin could suffer as we could lose time-sensitive sales, incur additional freight costs or be unable to pass on price increases to our customers. If we cannot adequately address supply issues, we might have to reengineer some products or service offerings, resulting in further costs and delays. (cid:129) Oversupply. In order to secure components for the provision of products or services, at times we may make advance payments to suppliers or enter into non-cancelable commitments with vendors. In addition, we may purchase components strategically in advance of demand to take advantage of favorable pricing or to address concerns about the availability of future components. If we fail to anticipate customer demand properly, a temporary oversupply could result in excess or obsolete components, which could adversely affect our gross margin. 18 (cid:129) Contractual terms. As a result of binding price or purchase commitments with vendors, we may be obligated to purchase components or services at prices that are higher than those available in the current market and be limited in our ability to respond to changing market conditions. In the event that we become committed to purchase components or services for prices in excess of the current market price, we may be at a disadvantage to competitors who have access to components or services at lower prices, and our gross margin could suffer. In addition, many of our competitors obtain products or components from the same OMs and suppliers that we utilize. Our competitors may obtain better pricing and other terms and more favorable allocations of products and components during periods of limited supply, and our ability to engage in relationships with certain OMs and suppliers could be limited. The practice employed by our PC business of purchasing product components and transferring those components to its OMs may create large supplier receivables with the OMs that, depending on the financial condition of the OMs, may have risk of uncollectability. In addition, certain of our OMs and suppliers may decide in the future to discontinue conducting business with us. Any of these actions by our competitors, OMs or suppliers could adversely affect our future operating results and financial condition. (cid:129) Contingent workers. We also rely on third-party suppliers for the provision of contingent workers, and our failure to manage our use of such workers effectively could adversely affect our results of operations. We have been exposed to various legal claims relating to the status of contingent workers in the past and could face similar claims in the future. We may be subject to shortages, oversupply or fixed contractual terms relating to contingent workers, as described above. Our ability to manage the size of, and costs associated with, the contingent workforce may be subject to additional constraints imposed by local laws. (cid:129) Single source suppliers. Our use of single source suppliers for certain components could exacerbate our supplier issues. We obtain a significant number of components from single sources due to technology, availability, price, quality or other considerations. For example, we rely on Intel Corporation to provide us with a sufficient supply of processors for many of our PCs, workstations, handheld computing devices and servers, and some of those processors are customized for our products. New products that we introduce may utilize custom components obtained from only one source initially until we have evaluated whether there is a need for additional suppliers. Replacing a single source supplier could delay production of some products as replacement suppliers initially may be subject to capacity constraints or other output limitations. For some components, such as customized components and some of the processors that we obtain from Intel, alternative sources may not exist or those alternative sources may be unable to produce the quantities of those components necessary to satisfy our production requirements. In addition, we sometimes purchase components from single source suppliers under short-term agreements that contain favorable pricing and other terms but that may be unilaterally modified or terminated by the supplier with limited notice and with little or no penalty. The performance of such single source suppliers under those agreements (and the renewal or extension of those agreements upon similar terms) may affect the quality, quantity and price of components to HP. The loss of a single source supplier, the deterioration of our relationship with a single source supplier, or any unilateral modification to the contractual terms under which we are supplied components by a single source supplier could adversely affect our revenue and gross margins. Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. Our worldwide operations could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages, tsunamis, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics or pandemics and other natural or manmade disasters or business interruptions, for 19 which we are predominantly self-insured. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. Our corporate headquarters, and a portion of our research and development activities, are located in California, and other critical business operations and some of our suppliers are located in California and Asia, near major earthquake faults. In addition, all six of our principal worldwide IT data centers are located in the southern United States, making our operations more vulnerable to natural disasters or other business disruptions occurring in that geographical area. The manufacture of product components, the final assembly of our products and other critical operations are concentrated in certain geographic locations, including Shanghai, Singapore and India. We also rely on major logistics hubs primarily in Asia to manufacture and distribute our products and in the southwestern United States to import products into the Americas region. Our operations could be adversely affected if manufacturing, logistics or other operations in these locations are disrupted for any reason, including natural disasters, information technology system failures, military actions or economic, business, labor, environmental, public health, regulatory or political issues. The ultimate impact on us, our significant suppliers and our general infrastructure of being located near major earthquake faults and being consolidated in certain geographical areas is unknown, but our revenue, profitability and financial condition could suffer in the event of a major earthquake or other natural disaster. System security risks, data protection breaches and systems integration issues could disrupt our internal operations or information technology services provided to customers, and any such disruption could reduce our expected revenue, increase our expenses, damage our reputation and adversely affect our stock price. Experienced computer programmers and hackers may be able to penetrate our network security and misappropriate our confidential information or that of third parties, create system disruptions or cause shutdowns. Computer programmers and hackers also may be able to develop and deploy viruses, worms, and other malicious software programs that attack our products or otherwise exploit any security vulnerabilities of our products. In addition, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we produce or procure from third parties may contain defects in design or manufacture, including ‘‘bugs’’ and other problems that could unexpectedly interfere with the operation of the system. The costs to us to eliminate or alleviate security problems, bugs, viruses, worms, malicious software programs and security vulnerabilities could be significant, and the efforts to address these problems could result in interruptions, delays, cessation of service and loss of existing or potential customers that may impede our sales, manufacturing, distribution or other critical functions. We manage and store various proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data relating to our business. In addition, our outsourcing services business routinely processes, stores and transmits large amounts of data for our clients, including sensitive and personally identifiable information. Breaches of our security measures or the accidental loss, inadvertent disclosure or unapproved dissemination of proprietary information or sensitive or confidential data about us or our clients, including the potential loss or disclosure of such information or data as a result of fraud, trickery or other forms of deception, could expose us, our customers or the individuals affected to a risk of loss or misuse of this information, result in litigation and potential liability for us, damage our brand and reputation or otherwise harm our business. We also could lose existing or potential customers for outsourcing services or other information technology solutions or incur significant expenses in connection with our customers’ system failures or any actual or perceived security vulnerabilities in our products. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of implementing further data protection measures could be significant. Portions of our IT infrastructure also may experience interruptions, delays or cessations of service or produce errors in connection with systems integration or migration work that takes place from time to time. We may not be successful in implementing new systems and transitioning data which could cause business disruptions and be more expensive, time consuming, disruptive and resource-intensive. Such disruptions could adversely impact our ability to fulfill orders and interrupt other processes. Delayed sales, lower margins or lost customers resulting from these disruptions have adversely affected in the past, and in the future could adversely affect, our financial results, stock price and reputation. 20 The revenue and profitability of our operations have historically varied, which makes our future financial results less predictable. Our revenue, gross margin and profit vary among our products and services, customer groups and geographic markets and therefore will likely be different in future periods than our current results. Our revenue depends on the overall demand for our products and services. Delays or reductions in IT spending could materially adversely affect demand for our products and services, which could result in a significant decline in revenues. Overall gross margins and profitability in any given period are dependent partially on the product, customer and geographic mix reflected in that period’s net revenue. In particular, IPG and certain of its business units such as printer supplies contribute significantly to our gross margin and profitability. In addition, our services business has contributed significantly to our revenue and operating profit in recent periods. Competition, lawsuits, investigations and other risks affecting those businesses therefore may have a significant impact on our overall gross margin and profitability. Certain segments, and ESS in particular, have a higher fixed cost structure and more variation in gross margins across their business units and product portfolios than others and may therefore experience significant operating profit volatility on a quarterly basis. In addition, newer geographic markets may be relatively less profitable due to investments associated with entering those markets and local pricing pressures, and we may have difficulty establishing and maintaining the operating infrastructure necessary to support the high growth rate associated with some of those markets. Market trends, competitive pressures, commoditization of products, seasonal rebates, increased component or shipping costs, regulatory impacts and other factors may result in reductions in revenue or pressure on gross margins of certain segments in a given period, which may necessitate adjustments to our operations. HP’s stock price has historically fluctuated and may continue to fluctuate, which may make future prices of HP’s stock difficult to predict. HP’s stock price, like that of other technology companies, can be volatile. Some of the factors that could affect our stock price are: (cid:129) speculation in the press or investment community about, or actual changes in, our business, strategic position, market share, organizational structure, operations, financial condition, financial reporting and results, effectiveness of cost cutting efforts, value or liquidity of our investments, exposure to market volatility, prospects, business combination or investment transactions, or executive team; (cid:129) the announcement of new products, services, technological innovations or acquisitions by HP or its competitors; (cid:129) quarterly increases or decreases in revenue, gross margin, earnings or cash flow from operations, changes in estimates by the investment community or guidance provided by HP, and variations between actual and estimated financial results; (cid:129) announcements of actual and anticipated financial results by HP’s competitors and other companies in the IT industry; and (cid:129) the timing and amount of share repurchases by HP. General or industry specific market conditions or stock market performance or domestic or international macroeconomic and geopolitical factors unrelated to HP’s performance also may affect the price of HP common stock. For these reasons, investors should not rely on recent trends to predict future stock prices, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, following periods of volatility in a company’s securities, securities class action litigation against a company is sometimes instituted. If instituted against HP, this type of litigation could result in substantial costs and the diversion of management time and resources. 21 Our revenue, cost of sales, and expenses may suffer if we cannot continue to license or enforce the intellectual property rights on which our businesses depend or if third parties assert that we violate their intellectual property rights. We rely upon patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws in the United States, similar laws in other countries, and agreements with our employees, customers, suppliers and other parties, to establish and maintain intellectual property rights in the technology and products we sell, provide or otherwise use in our operations. However, any of our direct or indirect intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or such intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to permit us to take advantage of current market trends or otherwise to provide competitive advantages, either of which could result in costly product redesign efforts, discontinuance of certain product offerings or other competitive harm. Further, the laws of certain countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Therefore, in certain jurisdictions we may be unable to protect our proprietary technology adequately against unauthorized third-party copying or use; this too could adversely affect our competitive position. Because of the rapid pace of technological change in the information technology industry, much of our business and many of our products rely on key technologies developed or licensed by third parties. We may not be able to obtain or continue to obtain licenses and technologies from these third parties at all or on reasonable terms, or such third parties may demand cross-licenses to our intellectual property. In addition, it is possible that as a consequence of a merger or acquisition, third parties may obtain licenses to some of our intellectual property rights or our business may be subject to certain restrictions that were not in place prior to the transaction. Consequently, we may lose a competitive advantage with respect to these intellectual property rights or we may be required to enter into costly arrangements in order to terminate or limit these rights. Third parties also may claim that we or customers indemnified by us are infringing upon their intellectual property rights. For example, individuals and groups frequently purchase intellectual property assets for the sole purpose of asserting claims of infringement and attempting to extract settlements from large companies such as HP. The number of these claims has increased significantly in recent periods and may continue to increase in the future. If we cannot or do not license the infringed technology at all or on reasonable terms, or substitute similar technology from another source, our operations could be adversely affected. Even if we believe that the claims are without merit, they can be time-consuming and costly to defend and may divert management’s attention and resources away from our business. Claims of intellectual property infringement also might require us to redesign affected products, enter into costly settlement or license agreements, pay costly damage awards, or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from importing, marketing or selling certain of our products. Even if we have an agreement to indemnify us against such costs, the indemnifying party may be unable to uphold its contractual obligations to us. Finally, our results of operations and cash flows have been and could continue to be affected in certain periods and on an ongoing basis by the imposition, accrual and payment of copyright levies or similar fees. In certain countries (primarily in Europe), proceedings are ongoing or have been concluded involving HP in which groups representing copyright owners sought to impose upon and collect from HP levies upon equipment (such as PCs, MFDs and printers) alleged to be copying devices under applicable laws. Other such groups have also sought to modify existing levy schemes to increase the amount of the levies that can be collected from HP. Other countries that have not imposed levies on these types of devices are expected to extend existing levy schemes, and countries that do not currently have levy schemes may decide to impose copyright levies on these types of devices. The total amount of the copyright levies will depend on the types of products determined to be subject to the levy, the number of units of those products sold during the period covered by the levy, and the per unit fee for each type of product, all of which are affected by several factors, including the outcome of ongoing litigation involving HP and other industry participants and possible action by the legislative 22 bodies in the applicable countries, and could be substantial. Consequently, the ultimate impact of these copyright levies or similar fees, and the ability of HP to recover such amounts through increased prices, remain uncertain. Due to the international nature of our business, political or economic changes or other factors could harm our future revenue, costs and expenses and financial condition. Sales outside the United States make up approximately 65% of our net revenue. In addition, an increasing portion of our business activity is being conducted in emerging markets, including Brazil, Russia, India and China. Our future revenue, gross margin, expenses and financial condition could suffer due to a variety of international factors, including: (cid:129) ongoing instability or changes in a country’s or region’s economic or political conditions, including inflation, recession, interest rate fluctuations and actual or anticipated military or political conflicts; (cid:129) longer accounts receivable cycles and financial instability among customers; (cid:129) trade regulations and procedures and actions affecting production, pricing and marketing of products; (cid:129) local labor conditions and regulations, including local labor issues faced by specific HP suppliers and OMs; (cid:129) managing a geographically dispersed workforce; (cid:129) changes in the regulatory or legal environment; (cid:129) differing technology standards or customer requirements; (cid:129) import, export or other business licensing requirements or requirements relating to making foreign direct investments, which could increase our cost of doing business in certain jurisdictions, prevent us from shipping products to particular countries or markets, affect our ability to obtain favorable terms for components, increase our operating costs or lead to penalties or restrictions; (cid:129) difficulties associated with repatriating cash generated or held abroad in a tax-efficient manner and changes in tax laws; and (cid:129) fluctuations in freight costs, limitations on shipping and receiving capacity, and other disruptions in the transportation and shipping infrastructure at important geographic points of exit and entry for our products and shipments. The factors described above also could disrupt our product and component manufacturing and key suppliers located outside of the United States. For example, we rely on manufacturers in Taiwan for the production of notebook computers and other suppliers in Asia for product assembly and manufacture. As approximately 65% of our sales are from countries outside of the United States, other currencies, particularly the euro, the British pound, Chinese yuan renminbi and the Japanese yen, can have an impact on HP’s results (expressed in U.S. dollars). Currency variations also contribute to variations in sales of products and services in impacted jurisdictions. Accordingly, fluctuations in foreign currency rates, most notably the strengthening of the dollar against the euro, could adversely affect our revenue growth in future periods. In addition, currency variations can adversely affect margins on sales of our products in countries outside of the United States and margins on sales of products that include components obtained from suppliers located outside of the United States. We use a combination of forward contracts and options designated as cash flow hedges to protect against foreign currency exchange rate risks. The effectiveness of our hedges depends on our ability to accurately forecast future cash flows, which is particularly difficult during periods of uncertain demand for our products and 23 services and highly volatile exchange rates. As a result, we could incur significant losses from our hedging activities if our forecasts are incorrect. In addition, our hedging activities may be ineffective or may not offset any or more than a portion of the adverse financial impact resulting from currency variations. Gains or losses associated with hedging activities also may impact our revenue and to a lesser extent our cost of sales and financial condition. In many foreign countries, particularly in those with developing economies, it is common to engage in business practices that are prohibited by laws and regulations applicable to us, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. For example, as discussed in Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the German Public Prosecutor’s Office, the U.S. Department of Justice and the SEC have been investigating allegations that certain current and former employees of HP engaged in bribery, embezzlement and tax evasion or were involved in kickbacks or other improper payments. Although we implement policies and procedures designed to facilitate compliance with these laws, our employees, contractors and agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, may take actions in violation of our policies. Any such violation, even if prohibited by our policies, could have an adverse effect on our business and reputation. If we fail to manage the distribution of our products and services properly, our revenue, gross margin and profitability could suffer. We use a variety of distribution methods to sell our products and services, including third-party resellers and distributors and both direct and indirect sales to both enterprise accounts and consumers. Successfully managing the interaction of our direct and indirect channel efforts to reach various potential customer segments for our products and services is a complex process. Moreover, since each distribution method has distinct risks and gross margins, our failure to implement the most advantageous balance in the delivery model for our products and services could adversely affect our revenue and gross margins and therefore our profitability. Other distribution risks are described below. (cid:129) Our financial results could be materially adversely affected due to channel conflicts or if the financial conditions of our channel partners were to weaken. Our future operating results may be adversely affected by any conflicts that might arise between our various sales channels, the loss or deterioration of any alliance or distribution arrangement or the loss of retail shelf space. Moreover, some of our wholesale and retail distributors may have insufficient financial resources and may not be able to withstand changes in business conditions, including economic weakness and industry consolidation. Many of our significant distributors operate on narrow product margins and have been negatively affected by business pressures. Considerable trade receivables that are not covered by collateral or credit insurance are outstanding with our distribution and retail channel partners. Revenue from indirect sales could suffer, and we could experience disruptions in distribution if our distributors’ financial conditions, abilities to borrow funds in the credit markets or operations weaken. (cid:129) Our inventory management is complex as we continue to sell a significant mix of products through distributors. We must manage inventory effectively, particularly with respect to sales to distributors, which involves forecasting demand and pricing issues. Distributors may increase orders during periods of product shortages, cancel orders if their inventory is too high or delay orders in anticipation of new products. Distributors also may adjust their orders in response to the supply of our products and the products of our competitors and seasonal fluctuations in end-user demand. Our reliance upon indirect distribution methods may reduce visibility to demand and pricing issues, and therefore make forecasting more difficult. If we have excess or obsolete inventory, we may have to reduce our prices and write down inventory. Moreover, our use of indirect distribution channels may limit our willingness or ability to adjust prices quickly and otherwise to respond to 24 pricing changes by competitors. We also may have limited ability to estimate future product rebate redemptions in order to price our products effectively. If we do not effectively manage our product and services transitions, our revenue may suffer. Many of the industries in which we compete are characterized by rapid technological advances in hardware performance and software features and functionality; frequent introduction of new products; short product life cycles; and continual improvement in product price characteristics relative to product performance. Among the risks associated with the introduction of new products and services are delays in development or manufacturing, variations in costs, delays in customer purchases or reductions in price of existing products in anticipation of new introductions, difficulty in predicting customer demand for the new offerings and effectively managing inventory levels so that they are in line with anticipated demand, risks associated with customer qualification and evaluation of new products and the risk that new products may have quality or other defects or may not be supported adequately by application software. If we do not make an effective transition from existing products and services to future offerings, our revenue may decline. Our revenue and gross margin also may suffer due to the timing of product or service introductions by our suppliers and competitors. This is especially challenging when a product has a short life cycle or a competitor introduces a new product just before our own product introduction. Furthermore, sales of our new products and services may replace sales, or result in discounting of some of our current offerings, offsetting the benefit of even a successful introduction. There also may be overlaps in the current products and services of HP and portfolios acquired through mergers and acquisitions that we must manage. In addition, it may be difficult to ensure performance of new customer contracts in accordance with our revenue, margin and cost estimates and to achieve operational efficiencies embedded in our estimates. Given the competitive nature of our industry, if any of these risks materializes, future demand for our products and services and our results of operations may suffer. Our revenue and profitability could suffer if we do not manage the risks associated with our IT services business properly. The size and significance of the IT services portion of our business has increased in recent periods. The risks that accompany that business differ from those of our other businesses and include the following: (cid:129) The pricing and other terms of some of our IT services agreements, particularly our long-term IT outsourcing services agreements, require us to make estimates and assumptions at the time we enter into these contracts that could differ from actual results. Any increased or unexpected costs or unanticipated delays in connection with the performance of these engagements, including delays caused by factors outside our control, could make these agreements less profitable or unprofitable, which would have an adverse affect on the profit margin of our IT services business. (cid:129) Some of our IT services agreements require significant investment in the early stages that is expected to be recovered through billings over the life of the agreement. These agreements often involve the construction of new IT systems and communications networks and the development and deployment of new technologies. Substantial performance risk exists in each agreement with these characteristics, and some or all elements of service delivery under these agreements are dependent upon successful completion of the development, construction and deployment phases. Any failure to perform satisfactorily under these agreements may expose us to legal liability, result in the loss of customers and harm our reputation, which could decrease the revenues and profitability of our IT services business. 25 (cid:129) Some of our outsourcing services agreements contain pricing provisions that permit a client to request a benchmark study by a mutually acceptable third party. The benchmarking process typically compares the contractual price of our services against the price of similar services offered by other specified providers in a peer comparison group, subject to agreed upon adjustment and normalization factors. Generally, if the benchmarking study shows that our pricing has a difference outside a specified range, and the difference is not due to the unique requirements of the client, then the parties will negotiate in good faith any appropriate adjustments to the pricing. This may result in the reduction of our rates for the benchmarked services performed after the implementation of those pricing adjustments, which could decrease the revenues and profitability of our IT services business. If we fail to comply with our customer contracts or government contracting regulations, our revenue could suffer. Our contracts with our customers may include unique and specialized performance requirements. In particular, our contracts with federal, state, provincial and local governmental customers are subject to various procurement regulations, contract provisions and other requirements relating to their formation, administration and performance. Any failure by us to comply with the specific provisions in our customer contracts or any violation of government contracting regulations could result in the imposition of various civil and criminal penalties, which may include termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments and, in the case of our government contracts, fines and suspension from future government contracting. In addition, we have in the past been, and may in the future be, subject to qui tam litigation brought by private individuals on behalf of the government relating to our government contracts, which could include claims for up to treble damages. Further, any negative publicity related to our customer contracts or any proceedings surrounding them, regardless of its accuracy, may damage our business by affecting our ability to compete for new contracts. If our customer contracts are terminated, if we are suspended from government work, or if our ability to compete for new contracts is adversely affected, we could suffer a reduction in expected revenue. We make estimates and assumptions in connection with the preparation of HP’s Consolidated Financial Statements, and any changes to those estimates and assumptions could adversely affect our results of operations. In connection with the preparation of HP’s Consolidated Financial Statements, we use certain estimates and assumptions based on historical experience and other factors. Our most critical accounting estimates are described in ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations’’ in this report. In addition, as discussed in Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, we make certain estimates, including decisions related to provisions for legal proceedings and other contingencies. While we believe that these estimates and assumptions are reasonable under the circumstances, they are subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. Should any of these estimates and assumptions change or prove to have been incorrect, it could adversely affect our results of operations. Unanticipated changes in HP’s tax provisions, the adoption of new tax legislation or exposure to additional tax liabilities could affect our profitability. We are subject to income and other taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Our tax liabilities are affected by the amounts we charge for inventory, services, licenses, funding and other items in intercompany transactions. We are subject to ongoing tax audits in various jurisdictions. Tax authorities may disagree with our intercompany charges, cross-jurisdictional transfer pricing or other matters and assess additional taxes. We regularly assess the likely outcomes of these audits in order to determine the appropriateness of our tax provision. However, there can be no assurance that we will accurately predict the outcomes of these audits, and the amounts ultimately paid upon 26 resolution of audits could be materially different from the amounts previously included in our income tax expense and therefore could have a material impact on our tax provision, net income and cash flows. In addition, our effective tax rate in the future could be adversely affected by changes to our operating structure, changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws and the discovery of new information in the course of our tax return preparation process. In particular, the carrying value of deferred tax assets, which are predominantly in the United States, is dependent on our ability to generate future taxable income in the United States. In addition, President Obama’s administration has announced proposals for other U.S. tax legislation that, if adopted, could adversely affect our tax rate. There are also other tax proposals that have been introduced, that are being considered, or that have been enacted by the United States Congress or the legislative bodies in foreign jurisdictions that could affect our tax rate, the carrying value of deferred tax assets, or our other tax liabilities. For example, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico has enacted tax legislation effective on January 1, 2011 that, in certain situations, would impose a new, temporary excise tax relating to our non-Puerto Rican subsidiaries that sell products manufactured by our Puerto Rican subsidiaries. Any of these changes could affect our profitability. Our sales cycle makes planning and inventory management difficult and future financial results less predictable. In some of our segments, our quarterly sales often have reflected a pattern in which a disproportionate percentage of each quarter’s total sales occur towards the end of such quarter. This uneven sales pattern makes prediction of revenue, earnings, cash flow from operations and working capital for each financial period difficult, increases the risk of unanticipated variations in quarterly results and financial condition and places pressure on our inventory management and logistics systems. If predicted demand is substantially greater than orders, there will be excess inventory. Alternatively, if orders substantially exceed predicted demand, we may not be able to fulfill all of the orders received in the last few weeks of each quarter. Other developments late in a quarter, such as a systems failure, component pricing movements, component shortages or global logistics disruptions, could adversely impact inventory levels and results of operations in a manner that is disproportionate to the number of days in the quarter affected. We experience some seasonal trends in the sale of our products that also may produce variations in quarterly results and financial condition. For example, sales to governments (particularly sales to the United States government) are often stronger in the third calendar quarter, consumer sales are often stronger in the fourth calendar quarter, and many customers whose fiscal and calendar years are the same spend their remaining capital budget authorizations in the fourth calendar quarter prior to new budget constraints in the first calendar quarter of the following year. European sales are often weaker during the summer months. Demand during the spring and early summer also may be adversely impacted by market anticipation of seasonal trends. Moreover, to the extent that we introduce new products in anticipation of seasonal demand trends, our discounting of existing products may adversely affect our gross margin prior to or shortly after such product launches. Typically, our third fiscal quarter is our weakest and our fourth fiscal quarter is our strongest. Many of the factors that create and affect seasonal trends are beyond our control. Any failure by us to execute on our strategy for operational efficiency successfully could result in total costs and expenses that are greater than expected. We have adopted an operating framework that includes a disciplined focus on operational efficiency. As part of this framework, we have adopted several initiatives, including a multi-year program announced in 2006 to reduce real estate costs by consolidating several hundred HP real estate locations worldwide to fewer core sites, and a multi-year process of examining every function and every one of our businesses and functions in order to optimize efficiency and reduce cost. We have also 27 implemented a workforce restructuring program in fiscal 2008 relating to our acquisition of Electronic Data Systems Corporation (‘‘EDS’’), a workforce restructuring program in fiscal 2009 relating to our product businesses and a multi-year restructuring plan in the third quarter of fiscal 2010 relating to our enterprise services business. Our ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings and other benefits from these initiatives within the expected time frame is subject to many estimates and assumptions, including estimates and assumptions regarding the cost of consolidating real estate locations, the amount of accelerated depreciation or asset impairment to be incurred when we vacate facilities or cease using equipment before the end of their respective lease term or asset life, and the costs and timing of other activities in connection with these initiatives. These estimates and assumptions are subject to significant economic, competitive and other uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. In addition, there are significant risks associated with our workforce restructuring programs, including potential delays in the implementation of those programs in highly regulated locations outside of the United States, particularly in Europe and Asia, decreases in employee morale, and the failure to meet operational targets due to the loss of employees. If these estimates and assumptions are incorrect, if we experience delays, or if other unforeseen events occur, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected. In order to be successful, we must attract, retain and motivate key employees, and failure to do so could seriously harm us. In order to be successful, we must attract, retain and motivate executives and other key employees, including those in managerial, technical, sales, marketing and IT support positions. Hiring and retaining qualified executives, engineers, skilled solutions providers in the IT support business and qualified sales representatives are critical to our future, and competition for experienced employees in the IT industry can be intense. In order to attract and retain executives and other key employees in a competitive marketplace, we must provide a competitive compensation package, including cash and share-based compensation. Our primary form of share-based incentive award is performance-based restricted stock units, which contain conditions relating to HP’s long-term financial and stock price performance that makes the future value of those awards uncertain. If the anticipated value of such share-based incentive awards does not materialize, if our share-based compensation otherwise ceases to be viewed as a valuable benefit, or if our total compensation package is not viewed as being competitive, our ability to attract, retain, and motivate executives and key employees could be weakened. The failure to successfully hire executives and key employees or the loss of any executives and key employees could have a significant impact on our operations. Terrorist acts, conflicts and wars may seriously harm our business and revenue, costs and expenses and financial condition and stock price. Terrorist acts, conflicts or wars (wherever located around the world) may cause damage or disruption to HP, our employees, facilities, partners, suppliers, distributors, resellers or customers. The potential for future attacks, the national and international responses to attacks or perceived threats to national security, and other actual or potential conflicts or wars, including the ongoing military operations in Iraq and Afghanistan have created many economic and political uncertainties. In addition, as a major multinational company with headquarters and significant operations located in the United States, actions against or by the United States may impact our business or employees. Although it is impossible to predict the occurrences or consequences of any such events, they could result in a decrease in demand for our products, make it difficult or impossible to deliver products to our customers or to receive components from our suppliers, create delays and inefficiencies in our supply chain and result in the need to impose employee travel restrictions. We are predominantly uninsured for losses and interruptions caused by terrorist acts, conflicts and wars. 28 Any failure by us to identify, manage, complete and integrate acquisitions, divestitures and other significant transactions successfully could harm our financial results, business and prospects, and the costs, expenses and other financial and operational effects associated with managing, completing and integrating acquisitions may result in financial results that are different than expected. As part of our business strategy, we frequently acquire complementary companies or businesses, divest non-core businesses or assets, enter into strategic alliances and joint ventures and make investments to further our business (collectively, ‘‘business combination and investment transactions’’). In order to pursue this strategy successfully, we must identify suitable candidates for and successfully complete business combination and investment transactions, some of which may be large and complex, and manage post-closing issues such as the integration of acquired companies or employees. We may not fully realize all of the anticipated benefits of any business combination and investment transaction, and the timeframe for achieving benefits of a business combination and investment transaction may depend partially upon the actions of employees, suppliers or other third parties. In addition, the pricing and other terms of our contracts for business combination and investment transactions require us to make estimates and assumptions at the time we enter into these contracts, and, during the course of our due diligence, we may not identify all of the factors necessary to estimate our costs accurately. Any increased or unexpected costs, unanticipated delays or failure to meet contractual obligations could make these transactions less profitable or unprofitable. Moreover, if we fail to identify and successfully complete business combination and investment transactions that further our strategic objectives, we may be required to expend resources to develop products and technology internally, we may be at a competitive disadvantage or we may be adversely affected by negative market perceptions, any of which could adversely affect our revenue, gross margin and profitability. Integration issues are complex, time-consuming and expensive and, without proper planning and implementation, could significantly disrupt our business. The challenges involved in integration include: (cid:129) combining product offerings and entering into new markets in which we are not experienced; (cid:129) convincing customers and distributors that the transaction will not diminish client service standards or business focus, preventing customers and distributors from deferring purchasing decisions or switching to other suppliers (which could result in our incurring additional obligations in order to address customer uncertainty), minimizing sales force attrition and coordinating sales, marketing and distribution efforts; (cid:129) consolidating and rationalizing corporate IT infrastructure, which may include multiple legacy systems from various acquisitions and integrating software code; (cid:129) minimizing the diversion of management attention from ongoing business concerns; (cid:129) persuading employees that business cultures are compatible, maintaining employee morale and retaining key employees, engaging with employee works councils representing an acquired company’s non-U.S. employees, integrating employees into HP, correctly estimating employee benefit costs and implementing restructuring programs; (cid:129) coordinating and combining administrative, manufacturing, research and development and other operations, subsidiaries, facilities and relationships with third parties in accordance with local laws and other obligations while maintaining adequate standards, controls and procedures; (cid:129) achieving savings from supply chain integration; and (cid:129) managing integration issues shortly after or pending the completion of other independent transactions. Managing business combination and investment transactions requires varying levels of management resources, which may divert our attention from other business operations. These business combination 29 and investment transactions also have resulted, and in the future may result, in significant costs and expenses and charges to earnings, including those related to severance pay, early retirement costs, employee benefit costs, asset impairment charges, charges from the elimination of duplicative facilities and contracts, in-process research and development charges, inventory adjustments, assumed litigation and other liabilities, legal, accounting and financial advisory fees, and required payments to executive officers and key employees under retention plans. Moreover, HP has incurred and will incur additional depreciation and amortization expense over the useful lives of certain assets acquired in connection with business combination and investment transactions, and, to the extent that the value of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite lives acquired in connection with a business combination and investment transaction becomes impaired, we may be required to incur additional material charges relating to the impairment of those assets. In order to complete an acquisition, we may issue common stock, potentially creating dilution for existing stockholders. In addition, we may borrow to finance an acquisition, and the amount and terms of any potential future acquisition-related borrowings, as well as other factors, could affect our liquidity and financial condition and potentially our credit ratings. Any potential future downgrades in our credit rating associated with an acquisition could adversely affect our ability to borrow and cost of borrowing and result in more restrictive borrowing terms. In addition, HP’s effective tax rate on an ongoing basis is uncertain, and business combination and investment transactions could impact our effective tax rate. We also may experience risks relating to the challenges and costs of closing a business combination and investment transaction and the risk that an announced business combination and investment transaction may not close. As a result, any completed, pending or future transactions may contribute to financial results that differ from the investment community’s expectations in a given quarter. Unforeseen environmental costs could impact our future net earnings. We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations concerning environmental protection, including laws addressing the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the cleanup of contaminated sites, the content of our products and the recycling, treatment and disposal of our products including batteries. In particular, we face increasing complexity in our product design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to the chemical and materials composition of our products, their safe use, the energy consumption associated with those products, climate change laws and regulations, and product take-back legislation. We could incur substantial costs, our products could be restricted from entering certain jurisdictions, and we could face other sanctions, if we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws or if our products become non-compliant with environmental laws. Our potential exposure includes fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third-party property damage, personal injury claims and clean up costs. Further, liability under some environmental laws relating to contaminated sites can be imposed retroactively, on a joint and several basis, and without any finding of noncompliance or fault. The amount and timing of costs under environmental laws are difficult to predict. Some anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt. We have provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, each of which could have the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging an acquisition of HP deemed undesirable by our Board of Directors. These include provisions: (cid:129) authorizing blank check preferred stock, which HP could issue with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock; (cid:129) limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, HP’s directors and officers; 30 (cid:129) specifying that HP stockholders may take action only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and otherwise in accordance with our bylaws and limiting the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings; (cid:129) requiring advance notice of proposals by HP stockholders for business to be conducted at stockholder meetings and for nominations of candidates for election to our Board of Directors; (cid:129) requiring a vote by the holders of two-thirds of HP’s outstanding shares to amend certain bylaws relating to HP stockholder meetings, the Board of Directors and indemnification; and (cid:129) controlling the procedures for conduct of HP Board and stockholder meetings and election, appointment and removal of HP directors. These provisions, alone or together, could deter or delay hostile takeovers, proxy contests and changes in control or management of HP. As a Delaware corporation, HP also is subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prevents some stockholders from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of the holders of substantially all of HP’s outstanding common stock. Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control of HP could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of HP common stock and also could affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for HP common stock. ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments. Not applicable. ITEM 2. Properties. As of October 31, 2010, we owned or leased a total of approximately 80 million square feet of space worldwide. We owned 45% of this space and leased the remaining 55%. Included in these amounts are 14 million square feet of vacated space, of which 2 million square feet is leased to non-HP interests. We believe that our existing properties are in good condition and are suitable for the conduct of our business. As of October 31, 2010, HP core sales and support operations occupied approximately 10 million square feet. We own 34% of the space used for sales and support activities and lease the remaining 66%. HP core manufacturing plants, research and development facilities and warehouse and administrative facilities occupied approximately 56 million square feet. We own 45% of our manufacturing, research and development, warehouse and administrative space and lease the remaining 55%. Our plants are equipped with machinery, most of which we own and which, in part, we developed to meet the special requirements of our manufacturing processes. We continue to execute on our plan to reduce our real estate costs and increase our productive utilization by consolidating into several hundred HP core real estate locations worldwide. As mentioned above in Item 1. Business, we have seven business segments: Services, ESS, HP Software, PSG, IPG, HPFS, and Corporate Investments. Because of the interrelation of these segments, a majority of these segments use substantially all of the properties at least in part, and we retain the flexibility to use each of the properties in whole or in part for each of the segments. 31 Principal Executive Offices Our principal executive offices, including our global headquarters, are located at 3000 Hanover Street, Palo Alto, California, United States of America. Headquarters of Geographic Operations The locations of our headquarters of geographic operations at October 31, 2010 were as follows: Americas Houston, United States Miami, United States Mississauga, Canada Europe, Middle East, Africa Geneva, Switzerland Asia Pacific Singapore Tokyo, Japan Product Development and Manufacturing The locations of our major product development, manufacturing, and HP Labs at October 31, 2010 were as follows: Americas Europe, Middle East, Africa Hewlett-Packard Laboratories Aguadilla, Puerto Rico Herrenberg, Germany Bangalore, India Cupertino, Roseville, San Diego, and Woodland, California Fort Collins, Colorado Kiryat-Gat, Nes Ziona, and Netanya, Israel Leixlip, Ireland Beijing, China Bristol, United Kingdom Fusionopolis, Singapore Haifa, Israel Palo Alto, United States St. Petersburg, Russia Boise, Idaho Amersfoort, The Netherlands Indianapolis, Indiana Sant Cugat del Valles, Spain Andover, Massachusetts Erskine, United Kingdom Corvallis, Oregon LaVergne, Tennessee Houston, Texas Asia Pacific ChongQing and Shanghai, China Sandston, Virginia Udham Singh Nagar, India Vancouver, Washington Tokyo, Japan ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings. Singapore Information with respect to this item may be found in Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference. 32 PART II ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. Information regarding the market prices of HP common stock and the markets for that stock may be found in the ‘‘Quarterly Summary’’ in Item 8 and on the cover page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, respectively, which are incorporated herein by reference. We have declared and paid cash dividends each fiscal year since 1965. The trend has been to declare $0.16 per share in each first fiscal quarter and third fiscal quarter and to pay $0.08 per share in each fiscal quarter. As of November 30, 2010, there were approximately 118,100 stockholders of record. Additional information concerning dividends may be found in ‘‘Selected Financial Data’’ in Item 6 and in Item 8, which are incorporated herein by reference. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities There were no unregistered sales of equity securities in fiscal 2010 that have not been previously reported in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Period Month #1 Total Number of Shares Purchased Average Price Paid per Share Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased under the Plans or Programs In thousands, except per share amounts (August 2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27,964 $41.97 27,964 $13,701,215 Month #2 (September 2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34,312 $39.52 34,312 $12,345,379 Month #3 (October 2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34,204 $41.90 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96,480 $41.07 34,204 96,480 $10,912,310 HP repurchased shares in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 under an ongoing program to manage the dilution created by shares issued under employee stock plans as well as to repurchase shares opportunistically. This program, which does not have a specific expiration date, authorizes repurchases in the open market or in private transactions. All shares repurchased in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 were purchased in open market transactions. As of October 31, 2010, HP had remaining authorization of $10.9 billion for future share repurchases under the $8.0 billion and $10.0 billion repurchase authorizations approved by HP’s Board of Directors on November 19, 2009 and August 29, 2010, respectively. 33 Stock Performance Graph and Cumulative Total Return The graph below shows the cumulative total stockholder return assuming the investment of $100 on the date specified (and the reinvestment of dividends thereafter) in each of HP common stock, the S&P 500 Index, and the S&P Information Technology Index.(1) The comparisons in the graph below are based upon historical data and are not indicative of, or intended to forecast, future performance of our common stock. $200 $180 $160 $140 $120 $100 $80 $60 $40 $20 $0 10/05 10/06 10/07 10/08 10/09 10/10 Hewlett-Packard Company S&P 500 23NOV201023020973 S&P Information Technology Hewlett-Packard Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S&P 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S&P Information Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.00 100.00 100.00 139.54 116.34 109.93 187.52 133.28 139.51 139.83 85.17 82.02 174.99 93.52 107.85 156.07 108.97 127.52 10/05 10/06 10/07 10/08 10/09 10/10 (1) The stock performance graph does not include HP’s peer group because peer group information is represented and included in the S&P Information Technology Index. 34 ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data. The information set forth below is not necessarily indicative of results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with Item 7, ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,’’ and the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto included in Item 8, ‘‘Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,’’ of this Form 10-K, which are incorporated herein by reference, in order to understand further the factors that may affect the comparability of the financial data presented below. HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Selected Financial Data Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings from operations(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net earnings per share Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cash dividends declared per share . . . . . . . . . . At year-end: For the fiscal years ended October 31 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006 $126,033 $ 11,479 8,761 $ In millions, except per share amounts $104,286 $118,364 $114,552 8,719 $ $ 10,473 $ 10,136 7,264 $ 8,329 $ 7,660 $ $91,658 $ 6,560 $ 6,198 $ $ $ 3.78 3.69 0.32 $ $ $ 3.21 3.14 0.32 $ $ $ 3.35 3.25 0.32 $ $ $ 2.76 2.68 0.32 $ $ $ 2.23 2.18 0.32 Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long-term debt $124,503 $ 15,258 $114,799 $ 13,980 $113,331 7,676 $ $ 88,699 4,997 $ $81,981 $ 2,490 (1) Earnings from operations include the following items: 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006 Amortization of purchased intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pension curtailments and pension settlements, net . . . . . Acquisition-related charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,484 1,144 — 293 In millions $656 $ 973 $ 1012 270 158 387 — (517) — — — 41 $1,578 640 — 242 Total charges before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,921 $2,460 $1,323 $ 843 $814 Total charges, net of taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,105 $1,733 $ 973 $ 690 $604 35 ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this document. OVERVIEW We are a leading global provider of products, technologies, software, solutions and services to individual consumers, small- and medium-sized businesses, and large enterprises, including customers in the government, health and education sectors. Our offerings span: (cid:129) multi-vendor customer services, including infrastructure technology and business process outsourcing, technology support and maintenance, application development and support services, and consulting and integration services; (cid:129) enterprise information technology infrastructure, including enterprise storage and server technology, networking products and solutions, information management software and software that optimizes business technology investments; (cid:129) personal computing and other access devices; and (cid:129) imaging and printing-related products and services. We have seven business segments for financial reporting purposes: Services, Enterprise Storage and Servers (‘‘ESS’’), HP Software, the Personal Systems Group (‘‘PSG’’), the Imaging and Printing Group (‘‘IPG’’), HP Financial Services (‘‘HPFS’’), and Corporate Investments. Services, ESS and HP Software are reported collectively as a broader HP Enterprise Business. While the HP Enterprise Business is not an operating segment, we sometimes provide financial data aggregating the segments within it in order to provide a supplementary view of our business. Our strategy and operations are currently focused on the following initiatives: Competitive Positioning We are positioning our businesses to take advantage of important trends in the markets for our products and services. For example, we are aligning our printing business to capitalize on key market trends such as the shift from analog to digital printing and the growth in printable content by developing innovative products for consumers such as the first web-connected home printer, working to enable web and mobile printing, expanding our presence in high-usage annuity businesses including graphics and retail publishing printing, and growing our managed print services business. We are also positioning our enterprise business to capitalize on the trend towards converged infrastructure products that integrate storage, networking, servers and management software, while also delivering services for that converged infrastructure in a manner that best fits each client’s needs, be it at a client site, as an outsourced service via the Internet or via a hybrid approach. In addition, we have developed IT management software offerings that seek to satisfy the increasing demand for virtualization management and increased automation. Driving Operational Efficiency We are working to optimize efficiency across the company. As part of those efforts, we are continuing to execute on our multi-year program to consolidate real estate locations worldwide to fewer 36 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) core sites in order to reduce our IT spending and real estate costs. We are also continuing to implement the restructuring plan announced in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 to optimize the cost structure of our Services business and the restructuring plan announced in May 2009 to structurally change and improve the effectiveness of several of our product businesses. In June 2010, we announced and started implementing a new restructuring plan that will consolidate data centers, systems and tools to better position for growth our enterprise services business, which includes our infrastructure technology outsourcing, application services, and business process outsourcing business units. See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for further discussion of these restructuring plans and the associated restructuring charges. Investing for Growth We are investing for growth by strengthening our position in our core markets and accelerating growth in adjacent markets in anticipation of market trends, such as data center consolidation and automation, cloud computing and virtualization, digitization, IT security, and mobility and connectivity. For example, we are increasing our sales coverage and investing in our sales channels to better address the markets we cover, including further expansion in emerging markets. We are creating innovative new products and developing new channels to connect with our customers. In addition, we have been making focused investments in innovation to strengthen our portfolio of products and services that we can offer to our customers, both through acquisitions and through organic growth. A critical component of this strategy was our acquisition of Electronic Data Systems Corporation (‘‘EDS’’) in August 2008, which has increased the size and breadth of our services business and enabled us to provide comprehensive IT product and services solutions to our customers. In addition, with the completion of the acquisition of 3Com Corporation (‘‘3Com’’) in April 2010, we are accelerating our investments in networking. In July 2010, we completed the acquisition of Palm, Inc. (‘‘Palm’’), which enhances our ability to participate more aggressively in the growing smartphone and connected mobile device markets. In September 2010, we completed the acquisition of 3PAR Inc. (‘‘3PAR’’), which expands our storage portfolio into enterprise-class public and private cloud computing environments. In October 2010, we completed the acquisition of ArcSight, Inc. (‘‘ArcSight’’), which enables us to offer customers an integrated security platform with a holistic approach to securing their networks, applications and sensitive data. These acquisitions have enabled us to expand in high-margin and high-growth industry segments and have further strengthened our portfolio of hardware, software and services. Leveraging our Portfolio and Scale We now offer one of the IT industry’s broadest portfolios of products and services, and we leverage that portfolio to our strategic advantage. For example, in our enterprise business, we are able to provide servers, storage and networking products packaged with services that can be delivered to customers in the manner of their choosing, be it in-house, outsourced as a service via the Internet or via a hybrid environment. Our portfolio of management software completes the package by allowing our customers to manage their IT operations in an efficient and cost-effective manner. In addition, we are working to optimize our supply chain by eliminating complexity, reducing fixed costs, and leveraging our scale to ensure the availability of components at favorable prices even during shortages. We are also expanding our use of industry standard components in our enterprise products to further leverage our scale. 37 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) The following provides an overview of our key fiscal 2010 financial metrics and demonstrates how our execution has translated into financial performance: HP Enterprise Business HP(1) Consolidated Services ESS HP Software Total PSG IPG HPFS $126,033 $34,935 $18,651 $3,586 $57,172 $40,741 $25,764 $3,047 In millions, except per share amounts 10.0% 0.7% 21.4% 0.4% 6.6% 15.4% 7.3% 14.0% $ 11,479 $ 5,609 $ 2,402 $ 759 $ 8,770 $ 2,032 $ 4,412 $ 281 9.1% 16.1% 12.9% 21.2% 15.3% 5.0% 17.1% 9.2% $ 8,761 Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Year-over-year net revenue % increase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings from operations . . . . . Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue . . . . . . . . Net earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net earnings per share Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ $ 3.78 3.69 (1) Includes Corporate Investments and eliminations. Cash and cash equivalents at October 31, 2010 totaled $10.9 billion, a decrease of $2.4 billion from the October 31, 2009 balance of $13.3 billion. The decrease for fiscal 2010 was due primarily to $11.0 billion of cash used to repurchase common stock, $8.1 billion of net cash paid for business acquisitions, and $3.5 billion net investment in property, plant and equipment, all of which were partially offset by $11.9 billion of cash provided from operations, $6.0 billion of increased net borrowings, and $2.6 billion of proceeds related to issuance of common stock under employee stock plans. We intend the discussion of our financial condition and results of operations that follows to provide information that will assist in understanding our Consolidated Financial Statements, the changes in certain key items in those financial statements from year to year, and the primary factors that accounted for those changes, as well as how certain accounting principles, policies and estimates affect our Consolidated Financial Statements. The discussion of results of operations at the consolidated level is followed by a more detailed discussion of results of operations by segment. For a further discussion of trends, uncertainties and other factors that could impact our operating results, see the section entitled ‘‘Risk Factors’’ in Item 1A, which is incorporated herein by reference. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES General The Consolidated Financial Statements of HP are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (‘‘GAAP’’), which require management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net revenue and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Senior management has discussed the 38 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) development, selection and disclosure of these estimates with the Audit Committee of HP’s Board of Directors. Management believes that the accounting estimates employed and the resulting balances are reasonable; however, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The summary of significant accounting policies is included in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8. An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, if different estimates reasonably could have been used, or if changes in the estimate that are reasonably possible could materially impact the financial statements. Management believes the following critical accounting policies reflect the significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Revenue Recognition We enter into contracts to sell our products and services, and, while the majority of our sales agreements contain standard terms and conditions, there are agreements that contain multiple elements or non-standard terms and conditions. As a result, significant contract interpretation is sometimes required to determine the appropriate accounting, including whether the deliverables specified in a multiple element arrangement should be treated as separate units of accounting for revenue recognition purposes, and, if so, how the price should be allocated among the elements and when to recognize revenue for each element. We recognize revenue for delivered elements only when the delivered elements have standalone value, uncertainties regarding customer acceptance are resolved and there are no customer-negotiated refund or return rights for the delivered elements. If the arrangement includes a customer-negotiated refund or return right relative to the delivered item and the delivery and performance of the undelivered item is considered probable and substantially in our control, the delivered element constitutes a separate unit of accounting. Changes in the allocation of the sales price between elements may impact the timing of revenue recognition but will not change the total revenue recognized on the contract. We recognize revenue as work progresses on certain fixed price contracts, such as consulting arrangements. Using a proportional performance method, we estimate the total expected labor costs in order to determine the amount of revenue earned to date. We follow this basis because reasonably dependable estimates of the labor costs applicable to various stages of a contract can be made. Total contract profit is subject to revisions throughout the life of the contract. We record changes in revenue to income, as a result of revisions to cost estimates, in the period in which the facts that give rise to the revision become known. We recognize revenue on certain design and build (design, development and/or constructions of software and/or systems) projects using the percentage-of-completion method. We use the cost-to-cost method of measurement towards completion as determined by the percentage of cost incurred to date to the total estimated costs of the project. In circumstances when reasonable and reliable cost estimates for a project cannot be made, we recognize revenue using the completed contract method. We record estimated reductions to revenue for customer and distributor programs and incentive offerings, including price protection, promotions, other volume-based incentives and expected returns. Future market conditions and product transitions may require us to take actions to increase customer incentive offerings, possibly resulting in an incremental reduction of revenue at the time the incentive is offered. Additionally, certain incentive programs require us to estimate, based on historical experience 39 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) and the specific terms and conditions of the incentive, the number of customers who will actually redeem the incentive. Under our current revenue recognition policies, which were applied in fiscal 2010 and 2009, we establish vendor-specific objective evidence (‘‘VSOE’’) of selling price using the price charged for a deliverable when sold separately and, in rare instances, using the price established by management having the relevant authority. Third-party evidence of selling price is established by evaluating largely similar and interchangeable competitor products or services in standalone sales to similarly situated customers. The best estimate of selling price (‘‘ESP’’) is established considering internal factors such as margin objectives, pricing practices and controls, customer segment pricing strategies and the product life cycle. Consideration is also given to market conditions such as competitor pricing strategies and industry technology life cycles. When determining our best estimate of selling price, we apply management judgment when establishing margin objectives and pricing strategies and evaluating market conditions and product life cycles. We may modify or develop new go-to-market practices in the future. As these go-to-market strategies evolve, we may modify our pricing practices in the future, which may result in changes in selling prices, impacting both VSOE and ESP. The aforementioned factors may result in a different allocation of revenue to the deliverables in multiple element arrangements from the current fiscal year, which may change the pattern and timing of revenue recognition for these elements but will not change the total revenue recognized for the arrangement. For 2008, pursuant to the previous guidance for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables, HP allocated revenue to each element based on relative fair value, or, for software, based on VSOE of fair value. Warranty Provision We provide for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time we recognize revenue. We evaluate our warranty obligations on a product group basis. Our standard product warranty terms generally include post-sales support and repairs or replacement of a product at no additional charge for a specified period of time. While we engage in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of our component suppliers, we base our estimated warranty obligation upon warranty terms, ongoing product failure rates, repair costs, product call rates, average cost per call, and current period product shipments. If actual product failure rates, repair rates or any other post sales support costs were to differ from our estimates, we would be required to make revisions to the estimated warranty liability. Warranty terms generally range from 90 days to three years for parts and labor, depending upon the product. Over the last three fiscal years, the annual warranty provision has averaged approximately 3.5% of annual net product revenue, while actual annual warranty costs have experienced favorable trends and averaged approximately 3.3% of annual net product revenue. Business Combinations We allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and intangible assets acquired, including in-process research and development (‘‘IPR&D’’), based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over these fair values is recorded as goodwill. We engage independent third-party appraisal firms to assist us in determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. 40 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include but are not limited to: future expected cash flows from customer contracts, customer lists, distribution agreements, and acquired developed technologies and patents; expected costs to develop IPR&D into commercially viable products and estimating cash flows from projects when completed; brand awareness and market position, as well as assumptions about the period of time the brand will continue to be used in our product portfolio; and discount rates. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates. Other estimates associated with the accounting for acquisitions may change as additional information becomes available regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as more fully discussed in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Valuation of Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets We review goodwill and purchased intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The provisions of the accounting standard for goodwill and other intangibles require that we perform a two-step impairment test on goodwill. In the first step, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. In general, our reporting units are consistent with the reportable segments identified in Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. However, for certain businesses within Corporate Investments, the reporting unit is one step below the segment level. We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on a weighting of income and market approaches. Under the income approach, we calculate the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. Under the market approach, we estimate the fair value based on market multiples of revenue or earnings for comparable companies. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we must perform the second step of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we record an impairment loss equal to the difference. We also compare the fair value of purchased intangible assets with indefinite lives to their carrying value. We estimate the fair value of these intangible assets using an income approach. We recognize an impairment loss when the estimated fair value of the intangible asset is less than the carrying value. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit or an indefinite-lived purchased intangible asset is judgmental in nature and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions include revenue growth rates and operating margins used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, assumed royalty rates, future economic and market conditions and determination of appropriate market comparables. We base our fair value estimates on assumptions we believe to be reasonable but that are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. Actual future results may differ from those estimates. In addition, we make certain judgments and assumptions in allocating shared assets and liabilities to determine the carrying values for each of our reporting units. Our annual goodwill impairment analysis, which we performed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, did not result in an impairment charge. The excess of fair value over carrying value for each of HP’s reporting units as of August 1, 2010, the annual testing date, ranged from approximately 41 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) $760 million to approximately $33 billion. In order to evaluate the sensitivity of the fair value calculations on the goodwill impairment test, we applied a hypothetical 10% decrease to the fair values of each reporting unit. This hypothetical 10% decrease would result in excess fair value over carrying value ranging from approximately $360 million to approximately $29 billion for each of HP’s reporting units. Restructuring We have engaged, and may continue to engage, in restructuring actions, which require management to utilize significant estimates related to the timing and the expenses for severance and other employee separation costs, realizable values of assets made redundant or obsolete, lease cancellation and other exit costs. If the actual amounts differ from our estimates, the amount of the restructuring charges could be materially impacted. For a full description of our restructuring actions, refer to our discussions of restructuring in the Results of Operations section and Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which are incorporated herein by reference. Stock-Based Compensation Expense We recognize stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards, net of an estimated forfeiture rate. We recognize compensation cost for only those shares expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards requires subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the share-based payment awards and stock price volatility. We utilize the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value the stock options granted under our principal option plans. To implement this model, we examined our historical pattern of option exercises to determine if there were any discernable activity patterns based on certain employee populations. From this analysis, we identified three employee populations to which to apply the Black-Scholes model. We determined that implied volatility calculated based on actively traded options on HP common stock is a better indicator of expected volatility and future stock price trends than historical volatility. We issue performance-based restricted units (‘‘PRUs’’) representing hypothetical shares of HP common stock. Each PRU award reflects a target number of shares that may be issued to the award recipient. We determine the actual number of shares the recipient receives at the end of a three-year performance period based on results achieved versus goals based on our annual cash flow from operations as a percentage of revenue and total shareholder return (‘‘TSR’’) relative to the S&P 500 over the performance period. We use historic volatility for PRU awards as implied volatility cannot be used when simulating multivariate prices for companies in the S&P 500. We estimate the fair value of PRUs using the Monte Carlo simulation model, as the TSR modifier contains a market condition. We update the estimated expense, net of forfeitures, for the cash flow performance against the goal for that year at the end of each reporting period. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. In addition, we are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and recognize expense only for those shares expected to vest. If our actual forfeiture rate is materially different from our estimate, the stock-based compensation 42 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) expense could be significantly different from what we have recorded in the current period. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for a further discussion on stock-based compensation. Taxes on Earnings We calculate our current and deferred tax provisions based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the final positions reflected in our income tax returns filed during the subsequent year. We record adjustments based on filed returns when we have identified and finalized them, which is generally in the third and fourth quarters of the subsequent year for U.S. federal and state provisions, respectively. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which we expect the differences to reverse. We record a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that we are more likely than not to realize. We have considered future market growth, forecasted earnings, future taxable income, the mix of earnings in the jurisdictions in which we operate and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in determining the need for a valuation allowance. In the event we were to determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax assets in the future, we would increase the valuation allowance and make a corresponding charge to earnings in the period in which we make such determination. Likewise, if we later determine that we are more likely than not to realize the net deferred tax assets, we would reverse the applicable portion of the previously provided valuation allowance. In order for us to realize our deferred tax assets, we must be able to generate sufficient taxable income in the tax jurisdictions in which the deferred tax assets are located. Our effective tax rate includes the impact of certain undistributed foreign earnings for which we have not provided U.S. taxes because we plan to reinvest such earnings indefinitely outside the United States. We plan foreign earnings remittance amounts based on projected cash flow needs as well as the working capital and long-term investment requirements of our foreign subsidiaries and our domestic operations. Based on these assumptions, we estimate the amount we will distribute to the United States and provide the U.S. federal taxes due on these amounts. Further, as a result of certain employment actions and capital investments we have undertaken, income from manufacturing activities in certain countries is subject to reduced tax rates, and in some cases is wholly exempt from taxes, for fiscal years through 2024. Material changes in our estimates of cash, working capital and long-term investment requirements in the various jurisdictions in which we do business could impact our effective tax rate. We are subject to income taxes in the United States and approximately eighty foreign countries, and we are subject to routine corporate income tax audits in many of these jurisdictions. We believe that our tax return positions are fully supported, but tax authorities are likely to challenge certain positions, which may not be fully sustained. However, our income tax expense includes amounts intended to satisfy income tax assessments that result from these challenges. Determining the income tax expense for these potential assessments and recording the related assets and liabilities requires management judgments and estimates. We evaluate our uncertain tax positions in accordance with the guidance for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. We believe that our reserve for uncertain tax positions, including related interest, is adequate. The amounts ultimately paid upon resolution of audits could be materially different from the amounts previously included in our income tax expense and therefore could have a material impact on our tax provision, net income and cash flows. Our reserve 43 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) for uncertain tax positions is attributable primarily to uncertainties concerning the tax treatment of our international operations, including the allocation of income among different jurisdictions, and related interest. We review our reserves quarterly, and we may adjust such reserves because of proposed assessments by tax authorities, changes in facts and circumstances, issuance of new regulations or new case law, previously unavailable information obtained during the course of an examination, negotiations between tax authorities of different countries concerning our transfer prices, execution of Advanced Pricing Agreements, resolution with respect to individual audit issues, the resolution of entire audits, or the expiration of statutes of limitations. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for a further discussion on taxes on earnings. Allowance for Doubtful Accounts We determine our allowance for doubtful accounts using a combination of factors to ensure that we have not overstated our trade and financing receivables balances due to uncollectibility. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for all customers based on a variety of factors, including the use of third-party credit risk models that generate quantitative measures of default probabilities based on market factors, the financial condition of customers, the length of time receivables are past due, trends in overall weighted-average risk rating of the total portfolio, macroeconomic conditions, significant one-time events and historical experience. Also, we record specific provisions for individual accounts when we become aware of specific customer circumstances, such as in the case of bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customer’s operating results or financial position. If circumstances related to customers change, we would further adjust our estimates of the recoverability of receivables either upward or downward. The annual provision for doubtful accounts has averaged approximately 0.03% of net revenue over the last three fiscal years. Using our third-party credit risk model at October 31, 2010, a 50-basis-point deterioration in the weighted-average default probabilities of our significant customers would have resulted in an approximately $64 million increase to our trade allowance at the end of fiscal year 2010. Inventory We state our inventory at the lower of cost or market. We make adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net realizable value, if required, at the product group level for estimated excess, obsolescence or impaired balances. Factors influencing these adjustments include changes in demand, rapid technological changes, product life cycle and development plans, component cost trends, product pricing, physical deterioration and quality issues. Revisions to these adjustments would be required if these factors differ from our estimates. Fair Value of Financial Instruments We measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value based on valuation techniques using the best information available, which may include quoted market prices, market comparables, and discounted cash flow projections. Financial instruments are primarily comprised of time deposits, money market funds, commercial paper, corporate and other debt securities, equity securities and other investments in common stock and common stock equivalents and derivative instruments. Cash Equivalents and Investments: We hold time deposits, money market funds, commercial paper, other debt securities primarily consisting of corporate and foreign government notes and bonds, and 44 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) common stock and equivalents. In general, and where applicable, we use quoted prices in active markets for identical assets to determine fair value. If quoted prices in active markets for identical assets are not available to determine fair value, then we use quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly. If quoted prices for identical or similar assets are not available, we use internally developed valuation models, whose inputs include bid prices, and third party valuations utilizing underlying asset assumptions. Derivative Instruments: As discussed in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, we mainly hold non-speculative forwards, swaps and options to hedge certain foreign currency and interest rate exposures. When active market quotes are not available, we use industry standard valuation models. Where applicable, these models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value using market-based observable inputs including interest rate curves, credit risk, foreign exchange rates, and forward and spot prices for currencies. In certain cases, market-based observable inputs are not available and, in those cases, we use management judgment to develop assumptions which are used to determine fair value. Retirement Benefits Our pension and other post-retirement benefit costs and obligations are dependent on various assumptions. Our major assumptions relate primarily to discount rates, salary growth, long-term return on plan assets and medical cost trend rates. We base the discount rate assumption on current investment yields of high quality fixed income investments during the retirement benefits maturity period. The salary growth assumptions reflect our long-term actual experience and future and near-term outlook. Long-term return on plan assets is determined based on historical portfolio results and management’s expectation of the future economic environment, as well as target asset allocations. Our medical cost trend assumptions are developed based on historical cost data, the near-term outlook and an assessment of likely long-term trends. Actual results that differ from our assumptions are accumulated and are amortized generally over the estimated future working life of the plan participants. Our major assumptions vary by plan and the weighted-average rates used are set forth in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference. Each assumption has different sensitivity characteristics, and, in general, changes, if any, have moved in the same direction over the last several years. For fiscal 2010, changes in the weighted-average rates for the HP benefit plans would have had the following impact on our net periodic benefit cost: (cid:129) A decrease of 25 basis points in the long-term rate of return would have increased our net benefit cost by approximately $50 million; (cid:129) A decrease of 25 basis points in the discount rate would have increased our net benefit cost by approximately $65 million; and (cid:129) An increase of 25 basis points in the future compensation rate would have increased our net benefit cost by approximately $24 million. Loss Contingencies We are involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. We record a provision for a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant 45 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. We review these provisions at least quarterly and adjust these provisions to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and updated information. Litigation is inherently unpredictable and is subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. Should any of these estimates and assumptions change or prove to have been incorrect, it could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows. See Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for a further discussion of litigation and contingencies. ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS In June 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard related to the consolidation of variable interest entities. It eliminates the quantitative approach previously required for determining the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity and requires ongoing qualitative reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. This new standard also requires additional disclosures about an enterprise’s involvement in variable interest entities. We will adopt this new accounting standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2011. We do not expect the adoption of this standard will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. CONSTANT CURRENCY PRESENTATION Revenue from our international operations has historically represented, and we expect will continue to represent, a majority of our overall net revenue. As a result, our revenue growth has been impacted, and we expect will continue to be impacted, by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. In order to provide a framework for assessing how each of our business segments performed excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, we present the year-over-year percentage change in revenue performance on a constant currency basis, which assumes no change in the exchange rate from the prior-year period. This constant currency disclosure is provided in addition to, and not as a substitute for, the year-over-year percentage change in revenue on an as-reported basis. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following discussion compares the historical results of operations on a GAAP basis for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008. Unless otherwise noted, all comparative performance data included below reflect year-over-year comparisons. 46 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) Results of operations in dollars and as a percentage of net revenue were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: 2010 2009 In millions 2008 Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cost of sales(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $126,033 96,089 100.0% $114,552 76.2% 87,524 100.0% $118,364 76.4% 89,699 100.0% 75.8% Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . Amortization of purchased intangible assets . . Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acquisition-related charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interest and other, net Earnings before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Provision for taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29,944 2,959 12,585 1,484 1,144 293 11,479 (505) 10,974 2,213 23.8% 27,028 2.3% 2,819 10.1% 11,613 1.1% 1,578 640 1.0% 242 0.2% 23.6% 28,665 2.5% 3,543 10.1% 13,326 1.4% 1,012 270 0.6% 41 0.2% 9.1% 10,136 (0.4)% (721) 8.8% 10,473 — (0.6)% 8.7% 9,415 1.7% 1,755 8.2% 10,473 1.5% 2,144 Net earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 8,761 7.0% $ 7,660 6.7% $ 8,329 24.2% 3.0% 11.3% 0.9% 0.2% — 8.8% — 8.8% 1.8% 7.0% (1) Cost of products, cost of services and financing interest. Net Revenue The components of the weighted net revenue change were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: 2010 2009 Percentage Points (5.9) 4.8 Personal Systems Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (3.4) 2.9 Enterprise Storage and Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 (4.7) Imaging and Printing Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3 — HP Financial Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (0.2) 0.3 Corporate Investments/Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6 0.2 HP Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — (0.6) Total HP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.0 (3.2) Fiscal 2010 In fiscal 2010, total HP net revenue increased 10% (8.3% on a constant currency basis). U.S. net revenue increased 7.8% to $44.5 billion, while net revenue from outside of the United States increased 11.3% to $81.5 billion. As reflected in the table above, the PSG segment was the largest contributor to HP net revenue growth as a result of balanced growth across the regions. An analysis of the change in net revenue for each business segment is included under ‘‘Segment Information’’ below. 47 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) Fiscal 2009 In fiscal 2009, the global slowdown of IT and consumer spending impacted each of our segments. Net revenue decreased 3.2% in fiscal 2009 (increased 1.3% on a constant currency basis). The unfavorable currency impact for fiscal 2009 was due primarily to the movement of the dollar against the euro. For fiscal 2009, the Services segment contributed favorably to the total HP net revenue change primarily as a result of the EDS acquisition. U.S. net revenue increased 12% to $41.3 billion for fiscal 2009 as compared to fiscal 2008, while net revenue from outside of the United States decreased 10% to $73.2 billion. The increase in U.S. net revenue in fiscal 2009 was primarily a result of the acquisition of EDS. An analysis of the change in net revenue for each business segment is included under ‘‘Segment Information’’ below. Gross Margin Fiscal 2010 In fiscal 2010, total HP gross margin increased by 0.2 percentage points. The increase was a result of an increased mix in networking products and rate increase in Services, the effect of which was partially offset by strong revenue growth in personal computers and printer hardware that have lower gross margins. Services gross margin increased in fiscal 2010 due primarily to the continued focus on operating improvements, including delivery efficiencies and cost controls in our technology services business, and EDS-related acquisition synergies. ESS gross margin declined in fiscal 2010 due primarily to a product mix shift resulting from the strength in industry standard servers (‘‘ISS’’), the effect of which was partially offset by lower product costs and strong volume. HP Software gross margin increased in fiscal 2010 primarily as a result of a higher license and support mix, the effect of which was partially offset by a reduced services gross margin rate. PSG gross margin declined in fiscal 2010 primarily as a result of higher component costs, the effect of which was partially offset by lower warranty and logistics expenses. IPG gross margin declined in fiscal 2010 due primarily to a higher mix of hardware and a correspondingly lower mix of supplies, the effect of which was partially offset by cost savings associated with our ongoing efforts to optimize our supply chain. HPFS gross margin increased in fiscal 2010 primarily as a result of higher portfolio margins due to favorable financing conditions and higher remarketing margin, the effect of which was partially offset by higher bad debt. Corporate Investments gross margin increased in fiscal 2010 primarily as a result of the impact from the 3Com acquisition along with lower product costs for our network infrastructure products. Fiscal 2009 Total HP gross margin decreased by 0.6 percentage points in fiscal 2009. From a segment perspective and on a weighted basis, ESS had the largest impact to the total company gross margin decline due to product mix shift and rate declines. 48 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) Services gross margin increased in fiscal 2009 due primarily to the continued focus on cost structure improvements, including delivery efficiencies and cost controls in our technology services business, and EDS-related acquisition synergies. This was partially offset by the mix effect from the acquisition of the EDS business, which has lower gross margins. ESS gross margin decreased in fiscal 2009 due primarily to competitive pricing across each of the segment business units and product mix shifts. HP Software gross margin increased in fiscal 2009 primarily as a result of favorable support and services revenue mix and improved services margins, the effect of which was partially offset by an unfavorable license revenue mix. PSG gross margin declined in fiscal 2009, resulting from average selling prices (‘‘ASPs’’) declining at a faster pace than component costs combined with a mix shift towards lower-end products, the effects of which were partially offset by lower warranty and supply chain costs and improvements in the option attach rate. IPG gross margin improved in fiscal 2009 primarily as a result of an increase in the supplies mix and supplies pricing, the effect of which was partially offset by hardware margin declines. HPFS gross margin declined in fiscal 2009 primarily as a result of unfavorable currency impacts, lower margins relating to end-of-lease activities, higher bad debt expenses and lower margins for remarketing and buyout activities, the effect of which was partially offset by higher portfolio margins. Corporate Investments gross margin declined in fiscal 2009 primarily as a result of a unit volume decline in the sale of network infrastructure products and competitive pricing pressures. Operating Expenses Research and Development Total research and development (‘‘R&D’’) expense increased in fiscal 2010 due primarily to additional expenses from acquired companies. In fiscal 2010, R&D expense as a percentage of net revenue increased for Corporate Investments, HP Software and Services, decreased for ESS, PSG, and IPG and was flat for HPFS. Total R&D expense decreased in fiscal 2009 due primarily to favorable currency impacts related to the movement of the dollar against the euro, as well as effective cost controls, the effect of which was partially offset by additional expenses related primarily to Services. In fiscal 2009, R&D expense as a percentage of net revenue decreased for ESS, PSG, and IPG, and increased for HP Software, Services and Corporate Investments. Selling, General and Administrative Selling, general and administrative (‘‘SG&A’’) expense increased in fiscal 2010 due primarily to higher field selling and marketing costs as a result of our investments in sales resources to grow revenue. In fiscal 2010, SG&A expense as a percentage of net revenue increased for Corporate Investments and IPG, and decreased for ESS, HP Software, PSG, HPFS and Services even as we invested in incremental sales resources across the segments. Total SG&A expense decreased in fiscal 2009 due primarily to favorable currency impacts related to the movement of the dollar against the euro, lower compensation expense as well as effective cost 49 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) management, the impact of which was partially offset by additional expenses related to the EDS acquisition. In fiscal 2009, SG&A expense as a percentage of net revenue decreased for each of our segments, except for Corporate Investments. Amortization of Purchased Intangible Assets The decrease in amortization expense in fiscal 2010 was due primarily to certain intangible assets associated with prior acquisitions reaching the end of their amortization periods, the effect of which was partially offset by increased amortization of purchased intangible assets from acquisitions completed during fiscal 2010. The increase in amortization expense in fiscal 2009 was due primarily to amortization expenses related to the intangible assets purchased as part of the EDS acquisition. For more information on our amortization of purchased intangibles assets, see Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference. Restructuring Restructuring charges for fiscal 2010 were $1.1 billion. These charges included $650 million of severance and facility costs related to our fiscal 2010 enterprise services restructuring plan, $429 million of severance and facility costs related to our fiscal 2008 restructuring plan, $46 million and $18 million associated with the Palm and 3Com restructuring plans, respectively, and an increase of $1 million related to adjustments to other restructuring plans. Restructuring charges for fiscal 2009 were $640 million. These charges included $346 million of severance and facility costs related to our fiscal 2008 restructuring plan, $297 million of severance costs associated with our fiscal 2009 restructuring plan, and a reduction of $3 million related to adjustments to other restructuring plans. Restructuring charges for fiscal 2008 were $270 million, which included $246 million of charges due primarily to severance and facility costs related to the EDS acquisition and a net charge of $24 million relating to adjustments for existing restructuring programs. For more information on our restructuring charges, see Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference. As part of our ongoing business operations, we incurred workforce rebalancing charges for severance and related costs within certain business segments in fiscal 2010. Workforce rebalancing activities are considered part of normal operations as we continue to optimize our cost structure. Workforce rebalancing costs are included in our business segment results, and we expect to incur additional workforce rebalancing costs in the future. Acquisition-Related Charges In fiscal 2010, we recorded acquisition-related charges of $293 million primarily for consulting and integration costs, acquisition costs and retention bonuses associated with the EDS, 3Com, Palm, 3PAR and ArcSight acquisitions. In fiscal 2009, we recorded acquisition-related charges of $242 million primarily for consulting and integration costs as well as retention bonuses associated with the EDS acquisition. 50 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) Interest and Other, Net Interest and other, net improved by $216 million in fiscal 2010. The improvement was driven primarily by lower currency losses on balance sheet remeasurement items, lower interest expenses on debt balances due to lower interest rates, and a value-added tax refund, the effect of which was partially offset by an increase to our litigation accruals. Interest and other, net decreased by $721 million in fiscal 2009. The decrease was driven primarily by higher interest expenses due to higher average debt balances principally related to the EDS acquisition, lower interest income as a result of lower interest rates, and higher currency losses on balance sheet remeasurement items. Additionally, there were higher gains from the sale of real estate in fiscal 2008 as compared to fiscal 2009. Provision for Taxes Our effective tax rates were 20.2%, 18.6% and 20.5% in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. HP’s effective tax rate generally differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% due to favorable tax rates associated with certain earnings from HP’s operations in lower-tax jurisdictions throughout the world. HP has not provided U.S. taxes for all of its international earnings because HP plans to reinvest some of those earnings indefinitely outside the United States. The increase in the overall tax rate in fiscal 2010 was due primarily to a decrease in the income tax benefits related to foreign earnings. The decrease in the overall tax rate in fiscal 2009 was due primarily to the net income tax benefits recorded for fiscal 2009 which were related to foreign net operating losses, adjustments to estimated fiscal 2008 tax accruals upon filing the 2008 income tax returns, valuation allowance reversals for state and foreign net operating losses, and other miscellaneous items. For a full reconciliation of our effective tax rate to the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% and further explanation of our provision for taxes, see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference. Segment Information A description of the products and services, as well as financial data, for each segment can be found in Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference. We have realigned segment financial data for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2009 and 2008 to reflect changes in HP’s organizational structure that occurred at the beginning of the first quarter of fiscal 2010. We describe these changes more fully in Note 19. We have presented the business segments in this Annual Report on Form 10-K based on the distinct nature of various businesses such as customer base, homogeneity of products and technology. The discussions below include the results of each of our segments. HP Enterprise Business Services, ESS and HP Software are reported collectively as a broader HP Enterprise Business. We describe the results of the business segments of the HP Enterprise Business in more detail below. 51 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) Services Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . For fiscal years ended October 31 2010 2009 2008 $34,935 $ 5,609 In millions $34,693 $ 5,044 $20,977 $ 2,518 16.1% 14.5% 12.0% The components of the weighted net revenue change by business unit were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: Infrastructure technology outsourcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technology services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business process outsourcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 2009 Percentage Points 37.1 1.2 0.9 0.1 (1.4) (0.1) 18.0 (0.2) 10.8 (0.3) Total Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7 65.4 Services net revenue increased 0.7% (decreased 1.7% when adjusted for currency) in fiscal 2010. Net revenue in infrastructure technology outsourcing increased by 2.6% in fiscal 2010. The revenue increase was due to favorable currency impact and growth in data center services and networking services. Net revenue in technology services declined by 0.4% in fiscal 2010. The revenue decline was due primarily to lower contract revenue tied to reduced levels of enterprise hardware sales in the prior-year period and market conditions in the current-year period, the effect of which was partially offset by a favorable currency impact. Net revenue in application services decreased by 1.1% in fiscal 2010. The revenue decrease was driven primarily by market conditions and existing contract completion, the effect of which was partially offset by new business and a favorable currency impact. Net revenue in business process outsourcing decreased by 3.5% in fiscal 2010. The revenue decrease was due primarily to a divestiture completed at the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2010 and economic conditions in certain industries with key clients, the effect of which was partially offset by a favorable currency impact. Services earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased by 1.6 percentage points in fiscal 2010. Operating margin increased primarily due to continued focus on operating improvements and cost initiatives that favorably impacted the cost structure of our enterprise services business, delivery efficiencies and cost controls in our technology services business, as well as EDS-related acquisition synergies. Services net revenue increased 65.4% (71.6% when adjusted for currency) in fiscal 2009. The increase in revenues is due primarily to the acquisition of EDS on August 26, 2008. Net revenue in infrastructure technology outsourcing, application services and business process outsourcing increased due to the EDS acquisition. The net revenue increase in infrastructure technology outsourcing, application services, and business process outsourcing was partially offset by unfavorable currency impacts and a decline in spending from existing customers not being offset with new growth due to slowing demand in the current economic environment. Application services and business process outsourcing were impacted to a greater degree than infrastructure technology outsourcing. Net revenue 52 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) in technology services declined due primarily to unfavorable currency impacts and weak economic conditions, the effect of which was partially offset by growth in extended warranty. Services earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased by 2.5 percentage points in fiscal 2009. The operating margin increased due primarily to a decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of revenue. There was also an increase in gross margin for fiscal 2009. Operating expense declined as a result of a continued focus on cost structure improvements from overall cost controls. The gross margin in our Services segment increased for fiscal 2009 from fiscal 2008 due primarily to the continued focus on cost structure improvements, including delivery efficiencies and cost controls in our technology services business, and EDS-related acquisition synergies. This was partially offset by the mix effect from the acquisition of the EDS business, which has lower gross margins. Enterprise Storage and Servers Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For the fiscal years ended October 31 2010 2009 2008 $18,651 $ 2,402 In millions $15,359 $ 1,518 $19,400 $ 2,577 12.9% 9.9% 13.3% The components of the weighted net revenue change by business unit were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: Industry standard servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business critical systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 2009 Percentage Points (12.1) 21.3 (3.8) 2.0 (4.9) (1.9) Total ESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.4 (20.8) ESS net revenue increased 21.4% (18.9% when adjusted for currency) for fiscal 2010. ESS blades revenue increased by 37% in fiscal 2010. ISS net revenue increased by 35% in fiscal 2010, driven primarily by unit volume growth coupled with increased average unit prices due to improving market conditions and demand for the latest generation of ISS products. Storage net revenue increased by 9% in fiscal 2010, driven primarily by strong performance in products related to our acquisition of Lefthand Networks, and growth in high-end disk products and storage networking products. Business critical systems (‘‘BCS’’) net revenue decreased 12%, due primarily to market conditions and competitive pressures, the effect of which was partially offset by new product introductions in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010. ESS earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased by 3.0 percentage points in fiscal 2010, driven by decreases in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue, the effect of which was partially offset by declines in gross margin. Operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue decreased as a result of operating leverage benefits from increased volume and cost controls. The gross margin decline in fiscal 2010 was due primarily to a product mix shift resulting from the strength in ISS, the effect of which was partially offset by lower product costs and strong volume. 53 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) ESS net revenue decreased 20.8% (16.0% when adjusted for currency) in fiscal 2009. The revenue decline was due primarily to the economic slowdown and overall weak demand environment. ISS net revenue declined 20% in fiscal 2009 due to declines in unit volume. ISS average unit prices declined in fiscal 2009 while improving in the second half of fiscal 2009 as a result of a new product ramp up. Total ESS blades revenue declined by 2% in fiscal 2009. BCS net revenue decreased 27% in fiscal 2009 driven by a decline in Integrity server revenue due to weaker market conditions and by the planned phase-out of the PA-RISC and Alpha Server product lines. Storage net revenue declined 17% in fiscal 2009 due to a decline in disk and tape products as a result of a weaker demand environment, the effects of which were partially offset by revenue resulting from the acquisition of Lefthand Networks, which was completed in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. In fiscal 2009, ESS earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue decreased by 3.4 percentage points, due primarily to a decline in gross margin. Gross margin in fiscal 2009 decreased due primarily to competitive pricing across each of the segment business units and product mix shifts. Operating expense as a percentage of net revenue in fiscal 2009 was generally consistent with the fiscal 2008. HP Software Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For the fiscal years ended October 31 2010 2009 2008 $3,586 $ 759 In millions $3,572 $ 684 $4,220 $ 499 21.2% 19.1% 11.8% The components of the weighted net revenue change by business unit were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: Business technology optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 2009 Percentage Points 1.5 (1.1) (9.7) (5.7) Total HP Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4 (15.4) HP Software net revenue increased 0.4% (decreased 1.8% when adjusted for currency) in fiscal 2010, due to growth in business technology optimization (‘‘BTO’’), information management and business intelligence, the effect of which was offset by weakness in sales of communication and media solutions. In fiscal 2010, support and license revenue increased while services revenue declined. Net revenue from business technology optimization increased 2% in fiscal 2010, due to growth in support and license renewals. Net revenue from our other software businesses decreased 3% in fiscal 2010, due to a decline in revenue from sales of communication and media solutions resulting from market conditions in the Asia Pacific region and EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa). The revenue increase in information management was due primarily to increases in license and support revenue. The revenue increase in business intelligence solutions was primarily a result of increases in support and services. HP Software earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased by 2.1 percentage points in fiscal 2010. The operating margin improvement in fiscal 2010 was due primarily to an increase 54 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) in gross margin and a decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue. The increase in gross margin in fiscal 2010 was primarily a result of a higher license and support mix, the effect of which was partially offset by a reduced services gross margin rate. The decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue in fiscal 2010 was due primarily to lower field selling, administrative and acquisition integration costs. HP Software net revenue decreased 15.4% (10.8% when adjusted for currency) in fiscal 2009, due to softening in enterprise spending and declines in large deals. For fiscal 2009, revenue from licenses and services declined, the effect of which was partially offset by increased support revenue as a result of renewal rate increases. Net revenue from BTO decreased 15% in fiscal 2009 as compared to fiscal 2008. Net revenue from other software decreased 17% in fiscal 2009 as compared to fiscal 2008, due to declines in revenues for communication and media solutions, business intelligence solutions and information management. HP Software earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased by 7.3 percentage points in fiscal 2009. The operating margin improvement in fiscal 2009 was due primarily to increased gross margin coupled with decreased operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue. The increase in gross margin in fiscal 2009 resulted primarily from a favorable support and services revenue mix and improved services margins, the effect of which was partially offset by an unfavorable license revenue mix. The decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue in fiscal 2009 was due primarily to continued cost controls. Personal Systems Group Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For the fiscal years ended October 31 2010 2009 2008 $40,741 $ 2,032 In millions $35,305 $ 1,661 $42,295 $ 2,375 5.0% 4.7% 5.6% The components of the weighted net revenue change by business unit were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: Desktop PCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notebook PCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workstations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handhelds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 2009 Percentage Points 7.4 6.6 1.5 (0.2) 0.1 (8.9) (5.8) (1.5) (0.4) 0.1 Total PSG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4 (16.5) PSG revenue increased 15.4% (12.8% when adjusted for currency) in fiscal 2010. The revenue increase resulted from balanced growth across all regions. PSG unit volume and net revenue increased across all business units except the handhelds business unit in fiscal 2010. Unit volume was up 14% as the commercial refresh cycle and continued demand for consumer notebooks drove an increase in shipments. In fiscal 2010, net revenue from notebook PCs increased 12% while desktop PCs revenue increased 20%. Workstations revenue increased 42% while handhelds revenue declined 49%. In fiscal 55 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) 2010, net revenue for consumer clients increased 12% while commercial client revenue increased 20%. Net revenue in Other increased 6% due primarily to increased sales of calculators, home servers and warranty extensions. For fiscal 2010, the favorable impact on PSG net revenue from unit increases was accompanied by a 1% increase in ASPs. PSG earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased 0.3 percentage points in fiscal 2010. The increase was driven by improvements in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue, the effect of which was offset partially by a slight decline in gross margins. The decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue was due to effective cost controls and operating leverage benefits from increased volume. The decrease in gross margins was a result of higher component costs, the effect of which was partially offset by lower warranty and logistics expenses. PSG net revenue decreased 16.5% (11.6% when adjusted for currency) in fiscal 2009. The revenue decline was primarily the result of the overall slowdown in the global economy. Despite the overall regional declines, revenue in China increased for fiscal 2009. PSG net revenue decreased across all businesses in fiscal 2009. Unit volume increased slightly in fiscal 2009, as an increase in notebook PC volume was offset by a decline in desktop PCs, workstations, and handheld devices. The unit volume increase in notebook PCs was due in part to growth of the HP and Compaq mini notebooks. In fiscal 2009, net revenue for notebook PCs decreased 11%, while net revenue for desktop PCs decreased 23%. Workstations and handheld revenues declined 33% and 52%, respectively, in fiscal 2009. In fiscal 2009, net revenue for consumer clients decreased 14%, while net revenue for commercial clients decreased 19%. The net revenue increase in Other PSG was related primarily to increased sales of extended warranties, support services and third-party branded options. In fiscal 2009, PSG net revenue was also impacted by ASP declines. ASPs in consumer clients declined 21%, while ASPs in commercial clients declined 16%. ASPs declined due primarily to a competitive pricing environment, component cost reductions and the impact of currency combined with a mix shift toward lower-end models. The ASP decline in fiscal 2009 was offset slightly by an increase in the option and monitor attach rates. PSG earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue decreased by 0.9 percentage points in fiscal 2009. The decrease was due primarily to a gross margin decline resulting from ASPs declining at a faster pace than component costs combined with a mix shift toward lower-end products, the effects of which were partially offset by lower warranty and supply chain costs and improvements in the option attach rate. The decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue in fiscal 2009 was the result of effective cost controls. Imaging and Printing Group Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For the fiscal years ended October 31 2010 2009 2008 $25,764 $ 4,412 In millions $24,011 $ 4,310 $29,614 $ 4,559 17.1% 18.0% 15.4% 56 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) The components of the weighted net revenue change by business unit were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: Commercial hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consumer hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 2009 Percentage Points 3.3 3.0 1.0 (8.9) (6.6) (3.4) Total IPG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3 (18.9) IPG net revenue increased 7.3% (8.4% when adjusted for currency) in fiscal 2010, reflecting a continued improvement in market conditions. Net revenue for commercial hardware increased 17% in fiscal 2010, due primarily to unit volume growth of 19% driven by improved product availability. Supplies net revenue increased 4% in fiscal 2010, due primarily to increased printing, which resulted in stronger supply usage. Net revenue for consumer hardware increased 9% in fiscal 2010, driven primarily by unit volume growth of 11%. IPG earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue decreased by 0.9 percentage points in fiscal 2010, due primarily to a decline in gross margin and increases in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue. The gross margin decline in fiscal 2010 was due primarily to a higher mix of hardware and a correspondingly lower mix of supplies, the effect of which was partially offset by cost savings associated with our ongoing efforts to optimize our supply chain. The increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue in fiscal 2010 was due primarily to increased marketing activities, the effect of which was partially offset by reduced administrative expenses. IPG net revenue decreased 18.9% (16.5% when adjusted for currency) in fiscal 2009, reflecting the impact of the global economic slowdown. Net revenue for commercial hardware declined 36% in fiscal 2009. The net revenue decline in commercial hardware was driven by a unit volume decline of 38% in fiscal 2009, due primarily to worldwide market weaknesses impacting both our laser and our graphics businesses. Supplies net revenue declined 11% in fiscal 2009. The supplies net revenue decline in fiscal 2009 was across all platforms and was the result of reductions in channel inventory and unfavorable currency impacts, the effect of which was partially moderated by supplies pricing. Net revenue for consumer hardware declined 27% in fiscal 2009. The net revenue decline in consumer hardware was driven by a unit volume decline of 24% in fiscal 2009, reflecting the weak demand environment and channel inventory reductions. IPG earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased 2.6 percentage points in fiscal 2009. Operating margin improvement in fiscal 2009 was a combination of an increase in gross margin and a decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue. The improvement in gross margin in fiscal 2009 resulted primarily from an increase in the supplies mix and supplies pricing, the effect of which was partially offset by hardware margin declines due to unfavorable currency impacts and declines in average revenue per unit. The decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue in fiscal 2009 was due primarily to effective cost controls. 57 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) HP Financial Services Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For the fiscal years ended October 31 2010 2009 2008 $3,047 $ 281 In millions $2,673 $ 206 $2,698 $ 192 9.2% 7.7% 7.1% HPFS net revenue increased by 14% in fiscal 2010. The net revenue increase was due to portfolio growth as a result of higher customer demand, a higher operating lease mix due to higher service-led financing volume, and higher end-of-lease rental, buyout and remarketing activity, along with favorable currency movements. HPFS earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased by 1.5 percentage points in fiscal 2010 due primarily to an increase in gross margin and a decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of revenue. The increase in gross margin was the result of higher portfolio margins due to favorable financing conditions and higher remarketing margin, the effect of which was partially offset by higher bad debt and lower buyout margins. The decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of revenue was driven primarily by improved cost efficiencies. HPFS net revenue decreased by 0.9% in fiscal 2009. The net revenue decrease was due to unfavorable currency movements. On a constant currency basis, fiscal 2009 net revenue increased due primarily to portfolio growth, increased operating lease mix and higher buyout activities, the effect of which was partially offset by lower levels of remarketing and end-of-lease activity. HPFS earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased by 0.6 percentage points in fiscal 2009 due primarily to a decrease in operating expenses, the effect of which was partially offset by a decline in gross margin. The operating expense decrease was due to continued cost controls. The decline in gross margin was driven by an unfavorable currency impact, lower margins relating to end of lease activity, higher bad debt expenses, and lower remarketing and buyout margins, the effect of which was partially offset by higher portfolio margins. Financing Originations For the fiscal years ended October 31 2010 2009 2008 Total financing originations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $5,987 In millions $5,210 $4,872 New financing originations, which represent the amount of financing provided to customers for equipment and related software and services including intercompany activity, increased 14.9% in fiscal 2010 from fiscal 2009 and 6.9% in fiscal 2009 from fiscal 2008. The increases reflect higher financing associated with HP product sales and services offerings resulting from improved integration and engagement with HP’s sales efforts and a favorable currency impact. Portfolio Assets and Ratios HPFS maintains a strategy to generate a competitive return on equity by effectively leveraging its portfolio against the risks associated with interest rates and credit. The HPFS business model is 58 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) asset-intensive and uses certain internal metrics to measure its performance against other financial services companies, including a segment balance sheet that is derived from our internal management reporting system. The accounting policies used to derive these amounts are substantially the same as those used by the consolidated company. However, certain intercompany loans and accounts that are reflected in the segment balances are eliminated in our Consolidated Financial Statements. The portfolio assets and ratios derived from the segment balance sheet for HPFS were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: Portfolio assets(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Allowance for doubtful accounts(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating lease equipment reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total reserves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 2009 In millions $11,418 $10,017 140 83 223 108 71 179 Net portfolio assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $11,195 $ 9,838 Reserve coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Debt to equity ratio(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0% 7.0x 1.8% 7.0x (1) Portfolio assets include gross financing receivables of approximately $6.7 billion and $6.1 billion at October 31, 2010 and October 31, 2009, respectively, and net equipment under operating leases of $2.5 billion and $2.2 billion at October 31, 2010 and October 31, 2009, respectively, as disclosed in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference. Portfolio assets also include capitalized profit on intercompany equipment transactions of approximately $800 million and $700 million at October 31, 2010 and October 31, 2009, respectively, and intercompany leases of approximately $1.3 billion and $1.0 billion at October 31, 2010 and October 31, 2009, respectively, both of which are eliminated in consolidation. (2) Allowance for doubtful accounts includes both the short-term and the long-term portions of the allowance on financing receivables. (3) HPFS debt consists of intercompany equity that is treated as debt for segment reporting purposes, intercompany debt and debt issued directly by HPFS. Net portfolio assets at October 31, 2010 increased 13.8% from October 31, 2009. The increase resulted from higher levels of financing originations in fiscal 2010 and a favorable currency impact. The overall reserve coverage ratio increased as a percentage of the portfolio assets. HPFS funds its operations mainly through a combination of intercompany debt and equity. HPFS recorded net bad debt expenses of $75 million and $50 million in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively. 59 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) Corporate Investments Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings (loss) from operations as a % of net revenue . . . . . . . . . . For the fiscal years ended October 31 2010 $1,863 $ 132 2009 In millions $ 768 $ (56) 2008 $965 $ 49 7.1% (7.3)% 5.1% Net revenue in Corporate Investments relates primarily to network infrastructure products sold under the ‘‘ProCurve Networking,’’ ‘‘3Com’’ and ‘‘TippingPoint’’ brands. In fiscal 2010, revenue from ProCurve Networking increased 33.9%, driven by improved market demand and continued investment in sales coverage. The revenue increase in Corporate Investments was also due to revenues resulting from the acquisitions of 3Com and Palm, which HP completed in April 2010 and July 2010, respectively. Corporate Investments reported positive earnings from operations in fiscal 2010 due primarily to higher earnings from operations generated by network infrastructure products. Gross margin rate in Corporate Investments for fiscal 2010 increased primarily as a result of the impact from the 3Com acquisition along with lower product costs in the sale of network infrastructure products. The earnings from operations in Corporate Investments were also impacted by expenses carried in the segment associated with corporate development, global alliances and HP Labs; such expenses declined from fiscal 2009. In fiscal 2009, net revenue in Corporate Investments related primarily to network infrastructure products sold under the brand ‘‘ProCurve Networking.’’ Revenue from network infrastructure products decreased 19.6%, resulting from the slowdown in the networking market and a resulting decrease in sales of enterprise ethernet switch products. Partially offsetting the revenue decline was revenue resulting from the acquisition of Colubris Networks, Inc. (‘‘Colubris’’), which HP acquired in October 2008. Corporate Investments reported a loss from operations in fiscal 2009 as compared to the positive earnings from operations reported in fiscal 2008 due primarily to lower earnings from operations generated by network infrastructure products. Gross margin in Corporate Investments declined for fiscal 2009 as the result of a unit volume decline in the sale of network infrastructure products and competitive pricing pressure. The loss from operations in Corporate Investments was also impacted by expenses carried in the segment associated with corporate development, global alliances and HP Labs, which declined from fiscal 2008. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES Our cash balances are held in numerous locations throughout the world, including substantial amounts held outside of the United States. Most of the amounts held outside of the United States could be repatriated to the United States but, under current law, would be subject to United States federal income taxes, less applicable foreign tax credits. Repatriation of some foreign balances is restricted by local laws. We have provided for the United States federal tax liability on these amounts for financial statement purposes, except for foreign earnings that are considered indefinitely reinvested outside of the United States. Repatriation could result in additional United States federal income tax payments in future years. Where local restrictions prevent an efficient intercompany transfer of funds, 60 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) our intent is that cash balances would remain outside of the United States and we would meet United States liquidity needs through ongoing cash flows, external borrowings, or both. We utilize a variety of tax planning and financing strategies in an effort to ensure that our worldwide cash is available in the locations in which it is needed. LIQUIDITY We use cash generated by operations as our primary source of liquidity; we believe that internally generated cash flows are generally sufficient to support business operations, capital expenditures and the payment of stockholder dividends, in addition to a level of discretionary investments and share repurchases. We are able to supplement this near-term liquidity, if necessary, with broad access to capital markets and credit line facilities made available by various foreign and domestic financial institutions. Our liquidity is subject to various risks including the market risks identified in the section entitled ‘‘Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk’’ in Item 7A. Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Available borrowing resources(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For the fiscal years ended October 31 2010 $10.9 $22.3 $13.8 2009 In billions $13.3 $15.8 $18.1 2008 $10.2 $17.9 $11.7 (1) In addition to these available borrowing resources, we are able to offer for sale, from time to time, in one or more offerings, an unspecified amount of debt securities, common stock, preferred stock, depositary shares and warrants under a shelf registration statement filed with the SEC in May 2009 (the ‘‘2009 Shelf Registration Statement’’). Our cash position remains strong, and we believe our cash balances and anticipated cash flow generated from operations are sufficient to cover cash outlays expected in fiscal 2011. On December 2, 2010, HP issued $2.0 billion of U.S. Dollar Global Notes under the 2009 Shelf Registration Statement. The Global Notes were fixed rate notes at market rates with maturities of five and ten years from the date of issuance. Cash Flows The following table summarizes the key cash flow metrics from our consolidated statements of cash flow: Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net cash used in financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 11,922 (11,359) (2,913) In millions $13,379 (3,580) (6,673) $ 14,591 (13,711) (2,020) Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . $ (2,350) $ 3,126 $ (1,140) For the fiscal years ended October 31 2010 2009 2008 61 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) Operating Activities Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by approximately $1.5 billion for fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009. The decrease was due primarily to an increase in accounts and financing receivables resulting from higher revenues in the fourth quarter and higher payments for account payable activities, the impact of which was partially offset by the increase in net earnings. Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by approximately $1.2 billion for fiscal 2009, as compared to fiscal 2008. The decrease was due primarily to increased utilization of cash resources for payment of operating liabilities such as accounts payable, other current liabilities and restructuring along with a decrease in net earnings, the impact of which was partially offset by the increased generation of cash resources through the utilization of operating assets such as inventory and other current assets along with increased amortization expense. Our key working capital metrics are as follows: October 31 2010 2009 2008 Days of sales outstanding in accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Days of supply in inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 23 (52) 48 23 (57) 45 27 (52) Cash conversion cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 14 20 Days of sales outstanding in accounts receivable (‘‘DSO’’) measures the average number of days our receivables are outstanding. DSO is calculated by dividing ending accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, by a 90-day average net revenue. Our accounts receivable balance was $18.5 billion as of October 31, 2010. Days of supply in inventory (‘‘DOS’’) measures the average number of days from procurement to sale of our product. DOS is calculated by dividing ending inventory by a 90-day average cost of goods sold. Our inventory balance was $6.5 billion as of October 31, 2010. Days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable (‘‘DPO’’) measures the average number of days our accounts payable balances are outstanding. DPO is calculated by dividing ending accounts payable by a 90-day average cost of goods sold. Our accounts payable balance was $14.4 billion as of October 31, 2010. Our working capital requirements depend upon our effective management of the cash conversion cycle, which represents effectively the number of days that elapse from the day we pay for the purchase of raw materials to the collection of cash from our customers. The cash conversion cycle is the sum of DSO and DOS less DPO. The cash conversion cycle for fiscal 2010 increased by 7 days as compared to fiscal 2009. The increase in DSO was due primarily to linearity and fewer cash discounts in the fourth quarter. DOS remained flat year over year. The decrease in DPO was due primarily to a change in purchasing linearity in the fourth quarter. The cash conversion cycle for fiscal 2009 decreased by 6 days as compared to fiscal 2008. The increase in DSO was due primarily to our improving penetration into the enterprise market which tends to have a higher DSO profile, optimizing terms to drive shareholder value as well as more sales in the month of October. The decrease in DOS was due to lower inventory levels driven primarily by 62 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) improved inventory management. The increase in DPO was due primarily to a change in purchasing linearity as business recovered through the fourth quarter. Investing Activities Net cash used in investing activities increased by approximately $7.8 billion for fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009 due primarily to higher cash payments made in connection with fiscal 2010 acquisitions and decreased by approximately $10.1 billion for fiscal 2009 as compared to fiscal 2008 due primarily to higher cash payments made in connection with fiscal 2008 acquisitions. Financing Activities Net cash used in financing activities decreased by approximately $3.8 billion for fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009. The decrease was due primarily to a higher net issuance of commercial paper, the impact of which was partially offset by increased repurchases of our common stock and lower global debt issuance. Net cash used in financing activities increased by approximately $4.7 billion for fiscal 2009, as compared to fiscal 2008. The increase was due primarily to higher net repayments of commercial paper and debt, the impact of which was partially offset by decreased repurchases of our common stock. For more information on our share repurchase programs, see Item 5 and Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which are incorporated herein by reference. CAPITAL RESOURCES Debt Levels Short-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Debt-equity ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weighted-average interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For the fiscal years ended October 31 2010 2009 2008 In millions, except interest rates and ratios $ 1,850 $13,980 0.39x $ 7,046 $15,258 0.55x $10,176 $ 7,676 0.46x 2.0% 2.7% 3.6% We maintain debt levels that we establish through consideration of a number of factors, including cash flow expectations, cash requirements for operations, investment plans (including acquisitions), share repurchase activities, overall cost of capital, and targeted capital structure. Short-term debt and long-term debt increased by $5.2 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, for fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009. The net increase in total debt is due primarily to spending on acquisitions and share repurchases. In fiscal 2009, short-term debt decreased by $8.3 billion and long-term debt increased by $6.3 billion as compared to fiscal 2008. This was primarily due to the replacement of short-term debt with long-term debt as capital market conditions improved from the prior year, the impact of which was partially offset by a reclassification of $1 billion from long-term to short-term. Our debt-equity ratio is calculated as the carrying value of debt divided by the carrying value of equity. Our debt-equity ratio increased by 0.16x in fiscal 2010, due primarily to the issuance of $3.0 billion of U.S Dollar Global Notes in September and a $4 billion net increase in commercial paper 63 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) at the end of fiscal 2010. Our debt-equity ratio decreased by 0.07x in fiscal 2009 due primarily to the net repayment of $2.0 billion in debt. Our weighted-average interest rate reflects the average effective rate on our borrowings prevailing during the year; it factors in the impact of swapping some of our global notes with fixed interest rates for global notes with floating interest rates. For more information on our interest rate swaps, see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference. The lower weighted-average interest rates over the past three years is a result of the combination of lower market interest rates and swapping some of our fixed interest obligations associated with some of our fixed global notes for variable rate obligations through interest rate swaps in a declining rates environment. For more information on our borrowings, see Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference. Available Borrowing Resources At October 31, 2010, we had the following resources available to obtain short-term or long-term financings if we need additional liquidity: 2009 Shelf Registration Statement(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commercial paper programs(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Uncommitted lines of credit(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revolving trade receivables-based facilities(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . At October 31, 2010 In millions Unspecified $12,100 $ 1,500 175 $ (1) For more information on our available borrowings resources, see Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference. (2) For more information on our revolving trade receivables-based facilities, see Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference. Credit Ratings Our credit risk is evaluated by three independent rating agencies based upon publicly available information as well as information obtained in our ongoing discussions with them. The ratings for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010 were: For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010 Standard & Poor’s Moody’s Investors Ratings Services Service Fitch Ratings Services Short-term debt ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long-term debt ratings A-1 A Prime-1 A2 F1 A+ We do not have any rating downgrade triggers that would accelerate the maturity of a material amount of our debt. However, a downgrade in our credit rating would increase the cost of borrowings under our credit facilities. Also, a downgrade in our credit rating could limit our ability to issue commercial paper under our current programs. If this occurs, we would seek alternative sources of 64 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) funding, including drawdowns under our credit facilities or the issuance of notes under our existing shelf registration statement. CONTRACTUAL AND OTHER OBLIGATIONS The impact that we expect our contractual and other obligations as of October 31, 2010 to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods is as follows: Payments Due by Period Total Less than 1 Year 1-3 Years 3-5 Years More than 5 Years Principal payments on long-term debt(1) . . . . . . . . . Interest payments on long-term debt(2) . . . . . . . . . . Operating lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purchase obligations(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capital lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $16,294 1,489 3,565 2,644 548 $2,111 386 879 1,973 111 In millions $ 7,945 570 1,426 609 123 $4,600 173 630 62 242 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $24,540 $5,460 $10,673 $5,707 $1,638 360 630 — 72 $2,700 (1) Amounts represent the expected principal cash payments relating to our long-term debt and do not include any fair value adjustments or discounts and premiums. (2) Amounts represent the expected interest cash payments relating to our long-term debt. We have outstanding interest rate swap agreements accounted for as fair value hedges that have the economic effect of modifying the fixed interest obligations associated with some of our fixed global notes for variable rate obligations. The impact of these interest rate swaps was factored into the calculation of the future interest payments on long-term debt. (3) Purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on us and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. These purchase obligations are related principally to inventory and other items. Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancellable without penalty. Purchase obligations also exclude open purchase orders that are routine arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business as they are difficult to quantify in a meaningful way. Even though open purchase orders are considered enforceable and legally binding, the terms generally allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust our requirements based on our business need prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services. In addition to the above, at October 31, 2010, we had approximately $2.0 billion of recorded liabilities and related interest and penalties pertaining to uncertainty in income tax positions, which will be partially offset by $90 million of deferred tax assets and interest receivable. These liabilities and related interest and penalties include $55 million expected to be paid within one year. For the remaining amount, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate as to when cash settlement with the tax authorities might occur due to the uncertainties related to these tax matters. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference, for additional information on taxes. 65 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued) Funding Commitments In fiscal 2011, we expect to contribute approximately $817 million to our pension and post-retirement plan funding. Our funding policy is to contribute cash to our pension plans so that we meet at least the minimum contribution requirements, as established by local government, funding and taxing authorities. Funding for the years following 2011 would be based on the then current market conditions, actuarial estimates and plan funding status. See Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference, for additional information on pension activity. As a result of our approved restructuring plans, we expect future cash expenditures of approximately $2.1 billion. We expect to make cash payments of approximately $1.4 billion in fiscal 2011 with remaining cash payments through 2016. See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference, for additional information on restructuring activities. Guarantees and Indemnifications See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference, for additional information on liabilities that may arise from guarantees and indemnifications. Litigation and Contingencies See Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference, for additional information on liabilities that may arise from litigation and contingencies. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements As part of our ongoing business, we have not participated in transactions that generate material relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities (‘‘SPEs’’), which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As of October 31, 2010, we are not involved in any material unconsolidated SPEs. 66 ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk. In the normal course of business, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate, interest rate and equity price risks that could impact our financial position and results of operations. Our risk management strategy with respect to these three market risks may include the use of derivative financial instruments. We use derivative contracts only to manage existing underlying exposures of HP. Accordingly, we do not use derivative contracts for speculative purposes. Our risks, risk management strategy and a sensitivity analysis estimating the effects of changes in fair values for each of these exposures are outlined below. Actual gains and losses in the future may differ materially from the sensitivity analyses based on changes in the timing and amount of interest rate, foreign currency exchange rate and equity price movements and our actual exposures and hedges. Foreign currency exchange rate risk We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk inherent in our sales commitments, anticipated sales, anticipated purchases and assets, liabilities and debt denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We transact business in approximately 40 currencies worldwide, of which the most significant foreign currency to our operations for fiscal 2010 were the euro, the Japanese yen, Chinese yuan renminbi and the British pound. For most currencies, we are a net receiver of the foreign currency and therefore benefit from a weaker U.S. dollar and are adversely affected by a stronger U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currency. Even where we are a net receiver, a weaker U.S. dollar may adversely affect certain expense figures taken alone. We use a combination of forward contracts and options designated as cash flow hedges to protect against the foreign currency exchange rate risks inherent in our forecasted net revenue and, to a lesser extent, cost of sales and inter-company lease loan denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In addition, when debt is denominated in a foreign currency, we may use swaps to exchange the foreign currency principal and interest obligations for U.S. dollar-denominated amounts to manage the exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We also use other derivatives not designated as hedging instruments consisting primarily of forward contracts to hedge foreign currency balance sheet exposures. For these types of derivatives and hedges we recognize the gains and losses on these foreign currency forward contracts in the same period as the remeasurement losses and gains of the related foreign currency-denominated exposures. Alternatively, we may choose not to hedge the foreign currency risk associated with our foreign currency exposures, primarily if such exposure acts as a natural foreign currency hedge for other offsetting amounts denominated in the same currency or the currency is difficult or too expensive to hedge. We have performed sensitivity analyses as of October 31, 2010 and 2009, using a modeling technique that measures the change in the fair values arising from a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in the levels of foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar, with all other variables held constant. The analyses cover all of our foreign currency contracts offset by the underlying exposures. The foreign currency exchange rates we used were based on market rates in effect at October 31, 2010 and 2009. The sensitivity analyses indicated that a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in foreign currency exchange rates would result in a foreign exchange loss of $122 million and $106 million at October 31, 2010 and October 31, 2009, respectively. Interest rate risk We also are exposed to interest rate risk related to our debt and investment portfolios and financing receivables. We issue long-term debt in either U.S. dollars or foreign currencies based on market conditions at the time of financing. We then typically use interest rate and/or currency swaps to modify the market risk exposures in connection with the debt to achieve primarily U.S. dollar LIBOR-based floating interest 67 expense. The swap transactions generally involve the exchange of fixed for floating interest payments. However, we may choose not to swap fixed for floating interest payments or may terminate a previously executed swap if we believe a larger proportion of fixed-rate debt would be beneficial. In order to hedge the fair value of certain fixed-rate investments, we may enter into interest rate swaps that convert fixed interest returns into variable interest returns. We may use cash flow hedges to hedge the variability of LIBOR-based interest income received on certain variable-rate investments. We may also enter into interest rate swaps that convert variable rate interest returns into fixed-rate interest returns. We have performed sensitivity analyses as of October 31, 2010 and 2009, using a modeling technique that measures the change in the fair values arising from a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in the levels of interest rates across the entire yield curve, with all other variables held constant. The analyses cover our debt, investment instruments, financing receivables and interest rate swaps. The analyses use actual maturities for the debt, investments and interest rate swaps and approximate maturities for financing receivables. The discount rates we used were based on the market interest rates in effect at October 31, 2010 and 2009. The sensitivity analyses indicated that a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in interest rates would result in a loss in the fair values of our debt, investment instruments and financing receivables, net of interest rate swap positions, of $28 million at October 31, 2010 and $33 million at October 31, 2009. Equity price risk We are also exposed to equity price risk inherent in our portfolio of publicly traded equity securities, which had an estimated fair value of $9 million at October 31, 2010 and $5 million at October 31, 2009. We monitor our equity investments for impairment on a periodic basis. Generally, we do not attempt to reduce or eliminate our market exposure on these equity securities. However, we may use derivative transactions to hedge certain positions from time to time. We do not purchase our equity securities with the intent to use them for speculative purposes. A hypothetical 30% adverse change in the stock prices of our publicly traded equity securities would result in a loss in the fair values of our marketable equity securities of approximately $3 million and $1 million at October 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The aggregate cost of privately-held companies, and other investments was $163 million at October 31, 2010 and $142 million at October 31, 2009. 68 ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. Table of Contents Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consolidated Statements of Earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consolidated Balance Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Note 2: Stock-Based Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Note 3: Net Earnings Per Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Note 4: Balance Sheet Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Note 5: Supplemental Cash Flow Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Note 6: Acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 72 73 74 75 76 77 77 86 94 95 97 97 Note 7: Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Note 8: Restructuring Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Note 9: Fair Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Note 10: Financial Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Note 11: Financing Receivables and Operating Leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Note 12: Guarantees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Note 13: Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Note 14: Taxes on Earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 117 121 Note 15: Stockholders’ Equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Note 16: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Note 17: Commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Note 18: Litigation and Contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Note 19: Segment Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Quarterly Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 69 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Hewlett-Packard Company We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Hewlett-Packard Company and subsidiaries as of October 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 2010. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Hewlett-Packard Company and subsidiaries at October 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, in fiscal year 2010, Hewlett- Packard Company and subsidiaries changed their method of accounting for business combinations with the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (‘‘FASB’’) Accounting Standards Codification (‘‘ASC’’) 805, Business Combinations, and their method of accounting for noncontrolling interests with the adoption of the amendments to FASB ASC 810, Consolidation, both effective November 1, 2009. In fiscal year 2009, Hewlett-Packard Company and subsidiaries changed their method of accounting for revenue recognition with the adoption of amendments to the FASB ASC resulting from Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-13, Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements, and Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-14, Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements, both adopted effective November 1, 2008 and their method of accounting for the measurement date provisions for their defined benefit postretirement plans in accordance with the guidance provided in FASB Statement No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—An Amendment of FASB No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) (codified primarily in FASB ASC Topic 715, Compensation—Retirement Benefits). We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Hewlett-Packard Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated December 15, 2010, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP San Jose, California December 15, 2010 70 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Hewlett-Packard Company We have audited Hewlett-Packard Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Hewlett-Packard Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. In our opinion, Hewlett-Packard Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2010, based on the COSO criteria. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Hewlett-Packard Company and subsidiaries as of October 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 2010, and our report dated December 15, 2010, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP San Jose, California December 15, 2010 71 Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting HP’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for HP. HP’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. HP’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of HP; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of HP are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of HP; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of HP’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. HP’s management assessed the effectiveness of HP’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2010, utilizing the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on the assessment by HP’s management, we determined that HP’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of October 31, 2010. The effectiveness of HP’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2010 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, HP’s independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears on page 71 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. /s/ L´EO APOTHEKER L´eo Apotheker President and Chief Executive Officer December 15, 2010 /s/ CATHERINE A. LESJAK Catherine A. Lesjak Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer December 15, 2010 72 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Earnings For the fiscal years ended October 31 2010 2009 2008 In millions, except per share amounts Net revenue: Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Financing income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 84,799 40,816 418 $ 74,051 40,124 377 $ 91,697 26,297 370 Total net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126,033 114,552 118,364 Costs and expenses: Cost of products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cost of services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Financing interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Amortization of purchased intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acquisition-related charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65,064 30,723 302 2,959 12,585 1,484 1,144 293 56,503 30,695 326 2,819 11,613 1,578 640 242 69,342 20,028 329 3,543 13,326 1,012 270 41 Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114,554 104,416 107,891 Earnings from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,479 10,136 10,473 Interest and other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (505) (721) Earnings before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Provision for taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,974 2,213 Net earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 8,761 Net earnings per share: Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weighted-average shares used to compute net earnings per share: Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ $ 3.78 3.69 2,319 2,372 $ $ $ 9,415 1,755 7,660 3.21 3.14 2,388 2,437 $ $ $ — 10,473 2,144 8,329 3.35 3.25 2,483 2,567 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 73 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Balance Sheets Current assets: ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Short-term investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Financing receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Property, plant and equipment Long-term financing receivables and other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purchased intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . October 31 2010 2009 In millions, except par value $ 10,929 5 18,481 2,986 6,466 15,317 54,184 11,763 12,225 38,483 7,848 $ 13,279 55 16,537 2,675 6,128 13,865 52,539 11,262 11,289 33,109 6,600 Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $124,503 $114,799 Current liabilities: LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Notes payable and short-term borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Employee compensation and benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Taxes on earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accrued restructuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commitments and contingencies Stockholders’ equity: HP stockholders’ equity Preferred stock, $0.01 par value (300 shares authorized; none issued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Common stock, $0.01 par value (9,600 shares authorized; 2,204 and 2,365 shares issued and outstanding, respectively) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additional paid-in capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accumulated other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total HP stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-controlling interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7,046 14,365 4,256 802 6,727 911 15,296 49,403 15,258 19,061 $ 1,850 14,809 4,071 910 6,182 1,109 14,072 43,003 13,980 17,052(1) — — 22 11,569 32,695 (3,837) 40,449 332 40,781 24 13,804 29,936 (3,247) 40,517 247(1) 40,764 Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $124,503 $114,799 (1) Reflects the adoption of the accounting standard related to the presentation of non-controlling interests in consolidated financial statements. The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 74 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows For the fiscal years ended October 31 2010 2009 2008 In millions Cash flows from operating activities: Net earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating $ 8,761 $ 7,660 $ 8,329 activities: Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Provision for doubtful accounts—accounts and financing receivables . . Provision for inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred taxes on earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changes in assets and liabilities: Accounts and financing receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Taxes on earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restructuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other assets and liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,820 668 156 189 1,144 197 (294) 169 (2,398) (270) (698) 723 (1,334) 89 4,780 635 345 221 640 379 (162) 22 (549) 1,532 (153) 733 (1,237) (1,467) 3,401 606 275 214 270 773 (293) (61) (264) 89 1,749 235 (165) (567) Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,922 13,379 14,591 Cash flows from investing activities: Investment in property, plant and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purchases of available-for-sale securities and other investments . . . . . . . Maturities and sales of available-for-sale securities and other investments . Payments made in connection with business acquisitions, net . . . . . . . . . Proceeds from business divestiture, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (4,133) 602 (51) 200 (8,102) 125 (3,695) 495 (160) 171 (391) — (2,990) 425 (178) 280 (11,248) — Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (11,359) (3,580) (13,711) Cash flows from financing activities: Issuance (repayment) of commercial paper and notes payable, net . . . . . Issuance of debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Payment of debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Issuance of common stock under employee stock plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repurchase of common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,156 3,156 (1,323) 2,617 (11,042) 294 (771) (6,856) 6,800 (2,710) 1,837 (5,140) 162 (766) Net cash used in financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2,913) (6,673) (Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2,350) 13,279 3,126 10,153 5,015 3,121 (1,843) 1,810 (9,620) 293 (796) (2,020) (1,140) 11,293 Cash and cash equivalents at end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10,929 $13,279 $ 10,153 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 75 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity Common Stock Number of Shares Par Value Additional Paid-in Capital Accumulated Other Total HP Non- Retained Comprehensive Stockholders’ controlling Interests Earnings (Loss) Income Equity Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . securities . Net earnings . Balance October 31, 2007 . . . . . . Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale . . . . Net unrealized gain on cash flow hedges Unrealized components of defined . . Cumulative translation adjustment benefit pension plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . stock plans . . Issuance of common stock in connection with employee stock plans and other . . Repurchases of common stock . . Net excess tax benefits from employee . . . . . . . . . Dividends . . . Stock-based compensation expense . . Cumulative effect of change in accounting . . . . Changes in ownership of non-controlling . . principle . interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . securities . Net earnings . Balance October 31, 2008 . . . . . . Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale . . . . Net unrealized loss on cash flow hedges Unrealized components of defined . . Cumulative translation adjustment benefit pension plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . stock plans . . Issuance of common stock in connection with employee stock plans and other . . Repurchases of common stock . . Net excess tax benefits from employee . . . . . . . . . Dividends . . . Stock-based compensation expense . . Cumulative effect of change in accounting . . . . Changes in ownership of non-controlling . . principle . interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . securities . Net earnings . Balance October 31, 2009 . . . . . . Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale . . . . Net unrealized loss on cash flow hedges Unrealized components of defined . . Cumulative translation adjustment benefit pension plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . Issuance of common stock in connection with employee stock plans and other . . Repurchases of common stock . . Net excess tax benefits from employee . . . . . . . Dividends . Stock-based compensation expense . stock plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balance October 31, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,579,714 . $26 In millions, except number of shares in thousands $ 38,526 $16,381 8,329 $21,560 8,329 559 $ (16) 866 (538) (936) (16) 866 (538) (936) 7,705 2,034 (10,136) 316 (796) 606 687 65,235 (229,646) (2) 2,034 (5,325) (4,809) 316 606 (796) 687 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,415,303 . $24 $14,012 $24,971 7,660 $ (65) $ 38,942 7,660 16 (971) (2,531) 304 16 (971) (2,531) 304 4,478 1,784 (4,712) 163 (766) 635 (7) 69,157 (119,651) 1 (1) 1,783 (2,789) (1,922) 163 635 (766) (7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,364,809 . $24 $13,804 $29,936 8,761 $(3,247) $ 40,517 8,761 . . . . . . . . . . 80,335 (241,246) 1 (3) 2,606 (5,809) (5,259) 300 668 (743) 16 (32) (602) 28 16 (32) (602) 28 8,171 2,607 (11,071) 300 (743) 668 $ 43 10 $ 38,569 8,339 (16) 866 (538) (936) 7,715 2,034 (10,136) 316 (796) 606 687 184 $ 39,179 7,738 16 (971) (2,531) 304 4,556 1,784 (4,712) 163 (766) 635 (7) (68) $ 40,764 8,870 16 (32) (602) 32 8,284 2,607 (11,071) 300 (771) 668 10 184 $237 78 78 (68) $247 109 4 113 (28) . 2,203,898 $22 $11,569 $32,695 $(3,837) $ 40,449 $332 $ 40,781 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 76 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Principles of Consolidation The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Hewlett-Packard Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and its controlled majority-owned subsidiaries (collectively, ‘‘HP’’). HP accounts for equity investments in companies over which HP has the ability to exercise significant influence, but does not hold a controlling interest, under the equity method, and HP records its proportionate share of income or losses in interest and other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. HP has eliminated all significant intercompany accounts and transactions. Reclassifications and Segment Reorganization HP has made certain organizational realignments in order to optimize its operating structure. Reclassifications of prior year financial information have been made to conform to the current year presentation. None of the changes impacts HP’s previously reported consolidated net revenue, earnings from operations, net earnings or net earnings per share. See Note 19 for a further discussion of HP’s segment reorganization. Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (‘‘GAAP’’) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in HP’s Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Revenue Recognition Net revenue is derived primarily from the sale of products and services. The following revenue recognition policies define the manner in which HP accounts for sales transactions. HP recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services are rendered, the sales price or fee is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Additionally, HP recognizes hardware revenue on sales to channel partners, including resellers, distributors or value-added solution providers at the time of sale when the channel partners have economic substance apart from HP and HP has completed its obligations related to the sale. HP’s current revenue recognition policies, which were applied in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, provide that, when a sales arrangement contains multiple elements, such as hardware and software products, licenses and/or services, HP allocates revenue to each element based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor specific objective evidence (‘‘VSOE’’) if available, third party evidence (‘‘TPE’’) if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price (‘‘ESP’’) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. In multiple element arrangements where more-than-incidental software deliverables are included, revenue is allocated to each separate unit of accounting for each of the non-software deliverables and to the software deliverables as a group using the relative selling prices of each of the deliverables in the arrangement based on the aforementioned selling price hierarchy. If the arrangement contains more than one software deliverable, the arrangement consideration allocated to the software deliverables as a group is then allocated to each software deliverable using the guidance for recognizing software revenue, as amended. 77 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued) HP limits the amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services, future performance obligations or subject to customer-specified return or refund privileges. HP evaluates each deliverable in an arrangement to determine whether they represent separate units of accounting. A deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has standalone value and there are no customer-negotiated refund or return rights for the delivered elements. If the arrangement includes a customer-negotiated refund or return right relative to the delivered item and the delivery and performance of the undelivered item is considered probable and substantially in HP’s control, the delivered element constitutes a separate unit of accounting. In instances when the aforementioned criteria are not met, the deliverable is combined with the undelivered elements and the allocation of the arrangement consideration and revenue recognition is determined for the combined unit as a single unit. Allocation of the consideration is determined at arrangement inception on the basis of each unit’s relative selling price. HP establishes VSOE of selling price using the price charged for a deliverable when sold separately and, in rare instances, using the price established by management having the relevant authority. TPE of selling price is established by evaluating largely similar and interchangeable competitor products or services in standalone sales to similarly situated customers. The best estimate of selling price is established considering internal factors such as margin objectives, pricing practices and controls, customer segment pricing strategies and the product life cycle. Consideration is also given to market conditions such as competitor pricing strategies and industry technology life cycles. For fiscal 2008, pursuant to the previous guidance for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables prior to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (‘‘ASU’’) No. 2009-13, ‘‘Multiple Deliverable Revenue Arrangements,’’ for a sales arrangement with multiple elements, HP allocated revenue to each element based on its relative fair value, or for software, based on VSOE of fair value. In the absence of fair value for a delivered element, HP first allocated revenue to the fair value of the undelivered elements and the residual revenue to the delivered elements. Where the fair value for an undelivered element could not be determined, HP deferred revenue for the delivered elements until the undelivered elements were delivered or the fair value was determinable for the remaining undelivered elements. If the revenue for a delivered item was not recognized because it was not separable from the undelivered item, then HP also deferred the cost of the delivered item. HP limited the amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that was not contingent on the future delivery of products or services, future performance obligations or subject to customer- specified return or refund privileges. For the purposes of income statement classification of products and services revenue, when HP could not determine fair value for all of the elements in an arrangement and the transaction was accounted for as a single unit of accounting, HP allocated revenue to products and services based on a rational and consistent methodology. This methodology utilized external and internal pricing inputs to derive HP’s best estimate of fair value for the elements in the arrangement. In instances when revenue is derived from sales of third-party vendor services, revenue is recorded at gross when HP is a principal to the transaction and net of costs when HP is acting as an agent between the customer and the vendor. Several factors are considered to determine whether HP is an agent or principal, most notably whether HP is the primary obligor to the customer, has established its own pricing, and has inventory and credit risks. 78 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued) HP reports revenue net of any required taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities, with the collected taxes recorded as current liabilities until remitted to the relevant government authority. Products Hardware Under HP’s standard terms and conditions of sale, HP transfers title and risk of loss to the customer at the time product is delivered to the customer and revenue is recognized accordingly, unless customer acceptance is uncertain or significant obligations remain. HP reduces revenue for estimated customer returns, price protection, rebates and other programs offered under sales agreements established by HP with its distributors and resellers. HP records revenue from the sale of equipment under sales-type leases as product revenue at the inception of the lease. HP accrues the estimated cost of post-sale obligations, including basic product warranties, based on historical experience at the time HP recognizes revenue. Software In accordance with the specific guidance for recognizing software revenue, where applicable, HP recognizes revenue from perpetual software licenses at the inception of the license term assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met. Term-based software license revenue is recognized on a subscription basis over the term of the license entitlement. HP uses the residual method to allocate revenue to software licenses at the inception of the license term when VSOE of fair value for all undelivered elements exists, such as post-contract support, and all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. Revenue generated from maintenance and unspecified upgrades or updates on a when-and-if-available basis is recognized over the period such items are delivered. Services HP recognizes revenue from fixed-price support or maintenance contracts, including extended warranty contracts and software post-contract customer support agreements, ratably over the contract period and recognizes the costs associated with these contracts as incurred. For time and material contracts, HP recognizes revenue and costs as services are rendered. HP recognizes revenue from fixed- price consulting arrangements over the contract period on a proportional performance basis, as determined by the relationship of actual labor costs incurred to date to the estimated total contract labor costs, with estimates regularly revised during the life of the contract. HP recognizes revenue on certain design and build (design, development and/or construction of software and/or systems) projects using the percentage-of-completion method. HP uses the cost to cost method of measurement towards completion as determined by the percentage of cost incurred to date to the total estimated costs of the project. HP uses the completed contract method if reasonable and reliable cost estimates for a project cannot be made. Outsourcing services revenue is generally recognized when the service is provided and the amount earned is not contingent upon any future event. If the service is provided evenly during the contract term but service billings are uneven, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract term. HP recognizes revenue from operating leases on a straight-line basis as service revenue over the rental period. 79 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued) HP recognizes costs associated with outsourcing contracts as incurred, unless such costs relate to the transition phase of the outsourcing contract, in which case HP defers and subsequently amortizes these set-up costs over the contractual services period. Deferred contract costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining original term unless billing patterns indicate a more accelerated method is appropriate. Based on actual and projected contract financial performance indicators, the recoverability of deferred contract costs associated with a particular contract is analyzed on a periodic basis using the undiscounted estimated cash flows of the whole contract over its remaining contract term. If such undiscounted cash flows are insufficient to recover the long-lived assets and deferred contract costs, the deferred contract costs are written down based on a discounted cash flow model. If a cash flow deficiency remains after reducing the balance of the deferred contract costs to zero, any remaining long-lived assets related to that contract are evaluated for impairment. HP recognizes losses on consulting and outsourcing arrangements in the period that the contractual loss becomes probable and estimable. HP records amounts invoiced to customers in excess of revenue recognized as deferred revenue until the revenue recognition criteria are met. HP records revenue that is earned and recognized in excess of amounts invoiced on fixed-price contracts as trade receivables. Financing Income Sales-type and direct-financing leases produce financing income, which HP recognizes at consistent rates of return over the lease term. Deferred Revenue and Related Deferred Contract Costs Deferred revenue represents amounts received in advance for product support contracts, software customer support contracts, outsourcing start-up services work, consulting and integration projects, product sales or leasing income. The product support contracts include stand-alone product support packages, routine maintenance service contracts, upgrades or extensions to standard product warranty, as well as high availability services for complex, global, networked, multi-vendor environments. HP defers these service amounts at the time HP bills the customer, and HP then generally recognizes the amounts ratably over the support contract life or as HP delivers the services. HP also defers and subsequently amortizes certain costs related to start-up activities that enable the performance of the customer’s long-term services contract. Deferred contract costs, including start-up and other unbilled costs, are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over the contract term unless specific customer contract terms and conditions indicate a more accelerated method is more appropriate. Shipping and Handling HP includes costs related to shipping and handling in cost of sales for all periods presented. Advertising HP expenses advertising costs as incurred or when the advertising is first run. Such costs totaled approximately $1.0 billion in fiscal 2010, $0.7 billion in fiscal 2009 and $1.0 billion in fiscal 2008. 80 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued) Stock-Based Compensation Stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted is determined based on the grant-date fair value. HP recognizes these compensation costs net of an estimated forfeiture rate, and recognizes compensation cost only for those shares expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the vesting term of the share-based payment awards. HP estimated the forfeiture rate based on its historical experience for fiscal grant years where the majority of the vesting terms have been satisfied. Foreign Currency Transactions HP uses the U.S. dollar predominately as its functional currency. Assets and liabilities denominated in non-U.S. dollars are remeasured into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates for monetary assets and liabilities and historical exchange rates for nonmonetary assets and liabilities. Net revenue, cost of sales and expenses are remeasured at average exchange rates in effect during each new reporting period, and net revenue, cost of sales and expenses related to the previously reported periods are remeasured at historical exchange rates. HP includes gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement in net earnings. Certain foreign subsidiaries designate the local currency as their functional currency, and HP records the translation of their assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars at the balance sheet dates as translation adjustments and includes them as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Taxes on Earnings HP recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year the differences are expected to reverse. HP records a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Cash and Cash Equivalents HP classifies investments as cash equivalents if the original maturity of an investment is ninety days or less. Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of highly liquid investments in time deposits held in major banks and commercial paper. As of October 31, 2010 and 2009, the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short period of time to maturity. Investments HP’s investments consist principally of time deposits, money market funds, commercial paper, corporate debt, other debt securities, and equity securities of publicly-traded and privately-held companies. HP classifies its investments in debt securities and its equity investments in public companies as available-for-sale securities and carries them at fair value. HP determines fair values for investments in public companies using quoted market prices and records a charge to Interest and other, net when the change in fair values is determined to be an other-than-temporary change. HP carries equity investments in privately-held companies at cost or at fair value when HP recognizes an other-than-temporary impairment charge. 81 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued) HP monitors its investment portfolio for impairment on a periodic basis. When the carrying value of an investment in debt securities exceeds its fair value and the decline in value is determined to be an other-than-temporary decline, and when HP does not intend to sell the debt securities and it is not more likely than not that HP will be required to sell the debt securities prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis, HP records an impairment charge to Interest and other, net in the amount of the credit loss and the balance, if any, to other comprehensive income (loss). Concentrations of Credit Risk Financial instruments that potentially subject HP to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, investments, accounts receivable from trade customers and from contract manufacturers, financing receivables and derivatives. HP maintains cash and cash equivalents, short- and long-term investments, derivatives and certain other financial instruments with various financial institutions. These financial institutions are located in many different geographical regions, and HP’s policy is designed to limit exposure with any one institution. As part of its cash and risk management processes, HP performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions. HP has not sustained material credit losses from instruments held at financial institutions. HP utilizes forward contracts and other derivative contracts to protect against the effects of foreign currency fluctuations. Such contracts involve the risk of non-performance by the counterparty, which could result in a material loss. HP sells a significant portion of its products through third-party distributors and resellers and, as a result, maintains individually significant receivable balances with these parties. If the financial condition or operations of all of these distributors’ and resellers’ aggregated accounts deteriorate substantially, HP’s operating results could be adversely affected. The ten largest distributor and reseller receivable balances collectively, which were concentrated primarily in North America and Europe, represented approximately 18% of gross accounts receivable at October 31, 2010 and 22% at October 31, 2009. No single customer accounts for more than 10% of accounts receivable. Credit risk with respect to other accounts receivable and financing receivables is generally diversified due to the large number of entities comprising HP’s customer base and their dispersion across many different industries and geographical regions. HP performs ongoing credit evaluations of the financial condition of its third-party distributors, resellers and other customers and requires collateral, such as letters of credit and bank guarantees, in certain circumstances. To ensure a receivable balance is not overstated due to uncollectibility, an allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained as required under U.S. GAAP. The past due or delinquency status of a receivable is based on the contractual payment terms of the receivable. The need to write off a receivable balance depends on the age, size and a determination of collectability of the receivable. HP generally has experienced longer accounts receivable collection cycles in its emerging markets, in particular Asia Pacific and Latin America, compared to its markets in the United States and Europe. In the event that accounts receivable collection cycles in emerging markets significantly deteriorate or one or more of HP’s larger resellers or enterprise customers fails, HP’s operating results could be adversely affected. Other Concentration HP obtains a significant number of components from single source suppliers due to technology, availability, price, quality or other considerations. The loss of a single source supplier, the deterioration 82 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued) of its relationship with a single source supplier, or any unilateral modification to the contractual terms under which HP is supplied components by a single source supplier could adversely affect HP’s revenue and gross margins. Allowance for Doubtful Accounts HP establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts to ensure trade and financing receivables are not overstated due to uncollectability. HP maintains bad debt reserves based on a variety of factors, including the length of time receivables are past due, trends in overall weighted-average risk rating of the total portfolio, macroeconomic conditions, significant one-time events, historical experience and the use of third-party credit risk models that generate quantitative measures of default probabilities based on market factors and the financial condition of customers. HP records a specific reserve for individual accounts when HP becomes aware of specific customer circumstances, such as in the case of bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customer’s operating results or financial position. If circumstances related to the specific customer change, HP would further adjust estimates of the recoverability of receivables. Inventory HP values inventory at the lower of cost or market, with cost computed on a first-in, first-out basis. Adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net realizable value are made, if required, for estimated excess, obsolescence or impaired balances. Property, Plant and Equipment HP states property, plant and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation. HP capitalizes additions and improvements and expenses maintenance and repairs as incurred. Depreciation is computed using straight-line or accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives are 5 to 40 years for buildings and improvements and 3 to 15 years for machinery and equipment. HP depreciates leasehold improvements over the life of the lease or the asset, whichever is shorter. HP depreciates equipment held for lease over the initial term of the lease to the equipment’s estimated residual value. The estimated useful lives of assets used solely to support a customer services contract generally do not exceed the term of the customer contract. HP capitalizes certain internal and external costs incurred to acquire or create internal use software, principally related to software coding, designing system interfaces and installation and testing of the software. HP amortizes capitalized internal use software costs using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the software, generally from three to five years. Software Development Costs Costs incurred to acquire or develop software for resale may be capitalized subsequent to the software product establishing technological feasibility. Capitalized software development costs are amortized using the greater of the straight-line amortization method or the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to the total current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product. The estimated useful lives for capitalized software for resale are generally three years or less. Software development costs incurred subsequent to a product establishing technological feasibility are usually not significant. In those instances, such costs are expensed as incurred. 83 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued) Business Combinations HP has adopted the new accounting standard related to business combinations. HP has included the results of operations of the businesses that it acquired in fiscal 2010 in HP’s consolidated results as of the respective dates of acquisition. HP allocates the purchase price of its acquisitions to the tangible assets, liabilities and intangible assets acquired, including in-process research and development (‘‘IPR&D’’), based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over those fair values is recorded as goodwill. IPR&D is initially capitalized at fair value as an intangible asset with an indefinite life and assessed for impairment thereafter. When the IPR&D project is complete, it is reclassified as an amortizable purchased intangible asset and is amortized over its estimated useful life. If an IPR&D project is abandoned, HP will record a charge for the value of the related intangible asset to HP’s Consolidated Statement of Earnings in the period it is abandoned. Acquisition-related expenses and restructuring costs are recognized separately from the business combination and are expensed as incurred. Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets Goodwill and purchased intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment at least annually. HP reviews goodwill and purchased intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually at the beginning of its fourth fiscal quarter and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. For goodwill, HP performs a two-step impairment test. In the first step, HP compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. In general, HP’s reporting units are consistent with the reportable segments identified in Note 19. However, for certain businesses within the Corporate Investments segment, the reporting unit is one step below the segment level. HP determines the fair value of its reporting units based on a weighting of income and market approaches. Under the income approach, HP calculates the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. Under the market approach, HP estimates the fair value based on market multiples of revenue or earnings for comparable companies. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is performed. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then HP must perform the second step of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, HP records an impairment loss equal to the difference. HP estimates the fair value of indefinite-lived purchased intangible assets using an income approach. HP recognizes an impairment loss when the estimated fair value of the indefinite-lived purchased intangible assets is less than the carrying value. HP amortizes purchased intangible assets with finite lives using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, ranging from one to ten years. Long-Lived Asset Impairment HP evaluates property, plant and equipment and purchased intangible assets with finite lives for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. HP assesses the recoverability of the assets based on the undiscounted future cash flow and recognizes an impairment loss when the estimated undiscounted future cash flow expected to 84 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued) result from the use of the asset plus the net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset, if any, are less than the carrying value of the asset. When HP identifies an impairment, HP reduces the carrying amount of the asset to its estimated fair value based on a discounted cash flow approach or, when available and appropriate, to comparable market values. Fair Value of Financial Instruments HP measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value based on the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Financial instruments are primarily comprised of time deposits, money market funds, commercial paper, corporate and other debt securities, equity securities and other investments in common stock and common stock equivalents and derivatives. See Note 9 for a further discussion on fair value of financial instruments. Derivative Financial Instruments HP uses derivative financial instruments, primarily forwards, swaps, and options, to hedge certain foreign currency and interest rate exposures. HP also may use other derivative instruments not designated as hedges such as forwards used to hedge foreign currency balance sheet exposures. HP does not use derivative, financial instruments for speculative purposes. See Note 10 for a full description of HP’s derivative financial instrument activities and related accounting policies. Retirement and Post-Retirement Plans HP has various defined benefit, other contributory and noncontributory retirement and post-retirement plans. In addition, HP has assumed additional retirement and post-retirement plans in connection with its acquisition of Electronic Data Systems Corporation (‘‘EDS’’) in August 2008. HP generally amortizes unrecognized actuarial gains and losses on a straight-line basis over the remaining estimated service life of participants. The measurement date for all HP plans is October 31 for fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009. See Note 10 for a full description of these plans and the accounting and funding policies. Loss Contingencies HP is involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. HP records a provision for a liability when it believes it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. HP reviews these provisions at least quarterly and adjusts these provisions to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and updated information. Litigation is inherently unpredictable and is subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are beyond HP’s control. 85 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued) Accounting Pronouncements In December 2007, the FASB issued a new accounting standard related to non-controlling interests. The standard establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the non-controlling interests, changes in a parent’s ownership interest, and the valuation of retained non-controlling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. The standard also establishes disclosure requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the non-controlling owners. In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-02, ‘‘Consolidation: Accounting and Reporting for Decreases in Ownership of a Subsidiary—a Scope Clarification.’’ This update clarifies the scope of the decrease in ownership provisions and also requires expanded disclosures. HP adopted these standards in the first quarter of fiscal 2010 with retrospective application of the presentation and disclosure requirements. Non-controlling interests of $247 million at October 31, 2009 were reclassified from Other liabilities to Stockholders’ equity in the Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheet as of October 31, 2009. Elimination of the income attributable to non-controlling interests, recorded in Interest and other, net, was not material for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 and is disclosed in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity. Note 2: Stock-Based Compensation HP’s stock-based compensation plans include incentive compensation plans and an employee stock purchase plan (‘‘ESPP’’). Stock-based Compensation Expense and the Related Income Tax Benefits Total stock-based compensation expense before income taxes for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $668 million, $635 million and $606 million, respectively. The resulting income tax benefit for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $216 million, $199 million and $178 million, respectively. Cash received from option exercises and purchases under the ESPP was $2.6 billion in fiscal 2010 and $1.8 billion for both fiscal 2009 and 2008. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deduction from option exercises of the share-based payment awards in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $414 million, $252 million and $412 million, respectively. Incentive Compensation Plans HP’s incentive compensation plans include principal equity plans adopted in 2004 (as amended in 2010), 2000, 1995 and 1990 (‘‘principal equity plans’’), as well as various equity plans assumed through acquisitions under which stock-based awards are outstanding. Stock-based awards granted from the principal equity plans include performance-based restricted units (‘‘PRUs’’), stock options and restricted stock awards. Employees meeting certain employment qualifications are eligible to receive stock-based awards. In fiscal 2008, HP implemented a program that provides for the issuance of PRUs representing hypothetical shares of HP common stock. PRU awards may be granted to eligible employees, including HP’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer and other executive officers. Each PRU award reflects a target number of shares (‘‘Target Shares’’) that may be issued to the award recipient 86 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 2: Stock-Based Compensation (Continued) before adjusting for performance and market conditions. The actual number of shares the recipient receives is determined at the end of a three-year performance period based on results achieved versus company performance goals. Those goals are based on HP’s annual cash flow from operations as a percentage of revenue and total shareholder return (‘‘TSR’’) relative to the S&P 500 over the three-year performance period. Depending on the results achieved during the three-year performance period, the actual number of shares that a grant recipient receives at the end of the period may range from 0% to 200% of the Target Shares granted, based on the calculations described below. Cash flow performance goals are established at the beginning of each year. At the end of each year, a portion of the Target Shares may be credited in the award recipient’s name depending on the achievement of the cash flow performance goal for that year. The number of shares credited varies between 0% if performance is below the minimum level and 150% if performance is at or above the maximum level. For performance between the minimum level and the maximum level, a proportionate percentage between 30% and 150% is applied based on relative performance between the minimum and the maximum levels. Following the expiration of the three-year performance period, the number of shares credited to the award recipient during the performance period is adjusted by a TSR modifier. The TSR modifier varies between 0%, if the minimum level is not met, resulting in no payout under the PRU award, and 133%, if performance is at or above the maximum level. For performance between the minimum level and the maximum level, a proportionate TSR modifier between 66% and 133% is applied based on relative performance between the minimum and the maximum levels. The number of shares, if any, received by the PRU award recipient equals the number of shares credited to the award recipient during the performance period multiplied by the TSR modifier. Recipients of PRU awards generally must remain employed by HP on a continuous basis through the end of the applicable three-year performance period in order to receive any portion of the shares subject to that award. Target Shares subject to PRU awards do not have dividend equivalent rights and do not have the voting rights of common stock until earned and issued following the end of the applicable performance period. The expense for these awards, net of estimated forfeitures, is recorded over the requisite service period based on the number of target shares that are expected to be earned and the achievement of the cash flow goals during the performance period. Stock options granted under the principal equity plans are generally non-qualified stock options, but the principal equity plans permit some options granted to qualify as ‘‘incentive stock options’’ under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. Stock options generally vest over four years from the date of grant. The exercise price of a stock option is equal to the fair market value of HP’s common stock on the option grant date (as determined by the reported sale prices of HP’s common stock when the market closes on that date). The contractual term of options granted since fiscal 2003 was generally eight years, while the contractual term of options granted prior to fiscal 2003 was generally ten years. Prior to March 2010, HP could choose, in certain cases, to establish a discounted exercise price at no less than 75% of fair market value on the grant date. HP has not granted any discounted options since fiscal 2003. Under the principal equity plans, HP granted certain employees cash-settled awards, restricted stock awards, or both. Restricted stock awards are non-vested stock awards that may include grants of restricted stock or grants of restricted stock units. Cash-settled awards and restricted stock awards are independent of option grants and are generally subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to 87 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 2: Stock-Based Compensation (Continued) the release of the restrictions. Such awards generally vest one to three years from the date of grant. During that period, ownership of the shares cannot be transferred. Restricted stock has the same cash dividend and voting rights as other common stock and is considered to be currently issued and outstanding. Restricted stock units have dividend equivalent rights equal to the cash dividend paid on restricted stock. Restricted stock units do not have the voting rights of common stock, and the shares underlying the restricted stock units are not considered issued and outstanding. However, shares underlying restricted stock units are included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share (‘‘EPS’’). HP expenses the fair market value of restricted stock awards, as determined on the date of grant, ratably over the period during which the restrictions lapse. Performance-based Restricted Units HP estimates the fair value of a target PRU share using the Monte Carlo simulation model, as the TSR modifier contains a market condition. The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the weighted-average fair values of the PRU awards for fiscal years ended October 31: 2010 2009 2008 Weighted-average fair value of grants per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expected volatility(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Risk-free interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dividend yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expected life in months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38% $57.13(1) $40.56(2) $40.21(3) 26% 35% 0.73% 1.34% 3.13% 0.64% 0.88% 0.70% 30 22 33 (1) Reflects the weighted-average fair value for the third year of the three-year performance period applicable to PRUs granted in fiscal 2008, for the second year of the three-year performance period applicable to PRUs granted in fiscal 2009 and for the first year of the three-year performance period applicable to PRUs granted in fiscal 2010. The estimated fair value of a target share for the third year for PRUs granted in fiscal 2009 and for the second and third years for PRUs granted in fiscal 2010 will be determined on the measurement date applicable to those PRUs, which will be the date that the annual cash flow goals are approved for those PRUs, and the expense will be amortized over the remainder of the applicable three-year performance period. (2) Reflects the weighted-average fair value for the second year of the three-year performance period applicable to PRUs granted in fiscal 2008 and for the first year of the three-year performance period applicable to PRUs granted in fiscal 2009. (3) Reflects the weighted-average fair value for the first year of the three-year performance period applicable to PRUs granted in fiscal 2008. (4) HP uses historic volatility for PRU awards as implied volatility cannot be used when simulating multivariate prices for companies in the S&P 500. 88 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 2: Stock-Based Compensation (Continued) Non-vested PRUs as of October 31, 2010 and 2009 and changes during fiscal 2010 and 2009 were as follows: Outstanding Target Shares at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change in units due to performance and market conditions achievement for PRUs 2010 2009 Shares in thousands 21,093 8,473 13,966 7,388 (7,186)(1) — vested in the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (108) (2,679) — (1,346) Outstanding Target Shares at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,508 21,093 Outstanding Target Shares of PRUs assigned a fair value at end of year . . . . . . . . . 10,201(2) 9,796(3) (1) Vested shares were issued to award recipients in November 2010. (2) Excludes target shares for the third year for PRUs granted in fiscal 2009 and for the second and third years for PRUs granted in fiscal 2010 as the measurement date has not yet been established. The measurement date and related fair value for the excluded PRUs will be established when the annual cash flow goals are approved. (3) Excludes target shares for the third year for PRUs granted in fiscal 2008 and for the second and third years for PRUs granted in fiscal 2009 as the measurement date has not yet been established. The measurement date and related fair value for the excluded PRUs will be established when the annual cash flow goals are approved. At October 31, 2010, there was $222 million of unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense related to PRUs with an assigned fair value, which HP expects to recognize over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.2 years. At October 31, 2009, there was $193 million of unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense related to PRUs with an assigned fair value, which HP expected to recognize over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.5 years. Stock Options HP utilized the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value the stock options granted under its principal equity plans. HP examined its historical pattern of option exercises in an effort to determine if there were any discernable activity patterns based on certain employee populations. From this analysis, HP identified three employee populations on which to apply the Black-Scholes model. The table below presents the weighted-average expected life in months of the combined three identified employee populations. The expected life computation is based on historical exercise patterns and post-vesting termination behavior within each of the three populations identified. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the award is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. 89 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 2: Stock-Based Compensation (Continued) The weighted-average fair value of stock options was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: Weighted-average fair value of grants per share(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Implied volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Risk-free interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dividend yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expected life in months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 2009 2008 $13.33 $13.04 $15.26 30% 34% 43% 2.06% 2.07% 3.09% 0.68% 0.92% 0.69% 61 61 60 (1) The fair value calculation was based on stock options granted during the period. Option activity as of October 31 during each fiscal year was as follows: Outstanding at beginning of year . . Granted and assumed through acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeited/cancelled/expired . . . . . . Shares In thousands 233,214 11,939 (75,002) (27,235) Outstanding at end of year . . . . . 142,916 Vested and expected to vest at end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . of year 141,082 Exercisable at end of year . . . . . . 125,232 2010 Weighted- Weighted- Average Average Remaining Exercise Contractual Price Term Per Share Aggregate Intrinsic Value Shares 2009 Weighted- Weighted- Average Average Remaining Exercise Contractual Price Term Per Share Aggregate Intrinsic Value In years In millions In thousands In years In millions $33 $22 $34 $55 $28 $28 $28 307,728 2,190 (55,784) (20,920) 2.7 2.7 2.1 $2,140 233,214 $2,114 $1,895 231,134 207,757 $34 $29 $28 $57 $33 $33 $32 2.6 2.6 2.2 $3,643 $3,623 $3,399 In fiscal 2010, stock options to purchase approximately 10 million shares with a weighted-average exercise price of $19 per share were assumed through acquisitions. The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value that option holders would have received had all option holders exercised their options on October 31, 2010 and 2009. The aggregate intrinsic value is the difference between HP’s closing stock price on the last trading day of fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options. Total intrinsic value of options exercised in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $1.3 billion, $0.8 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively. Total grant date fair value of options vested and expensed in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $93 million, $172 million and $264 million, respectively, net of taxes. 90 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 2: Stock-Based Compensation (Continued) Information about options outstanding at October 31, 2010 was as follows: Range of Exercise Prices $0-$9.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $10-$19.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $20-$29.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $30-$39.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $40-$49.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $50-$59.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $60 and over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options Outstanding Options Exercisable Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life Weighted- Average Exercise Price Per Share In years 7.8 2.5 2.0 2.8 4.2 5.7 1.6 2.7 $ 7 $15 $23 $32 $43 $52 $77 $28 Weighted- Average Exercise Price Per Share $ 6 $16 $23 $32 $43 $52 $77 $28 Shares Exercisable In thousands 177 17,757 56,725 32,182 15,825 578 1,988 125,232 Shares Outstanding In thousands 2,075 22,174 58,806 33,614 22,749 1,509 1,989 142,916 At October 31, 2010, there was $280 million of unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, which HP expects to recognize over a weighted-average vesting period of 1.6 years. At October 31, 2009, there was $188 million of unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, which HP expected to recognize over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.1 years. Restricted Stock Awards Non-vested restricted stock awards as of October 31, 2010 and 2009 and changes during fiscal 2010 and 2009 were as follows: Outstanding at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . Granted and assumed through acquisitions . . . Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shares In thousands 6,864 4,821 (5,202) (635) Outstanding at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,848 2010 2009 Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share $44 $48 $46 $46 $45 Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share $44 $36 $44 $45 $44 Shares In thousands 12,930 836 (6,532) (370) 6,864 91 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 2: Stock-Based Compensation (Continued) The details of restricted stock awards granted and assumed through acquisitions were as follows: Restricted stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restricted stock units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 2009 Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share $48 $48 $48 Shares In thousands 493 343 836 Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share $36 $35 $36 Shares In thousands 1,543 3,278 4,821 In fiscal 2010, approximately 3 million restricted stock units with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $48 per share were assumed through acquisitions. The details of non-vested restricted stock awards at fiscal year end were as follows: Non-vested at October 31: Restricted stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restricted stock units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 2009 Shares in thousands 1,936 3,912 5,848 1,771 5,093 6,864 At October 31, 2010, there was $152 million of unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock awards, which HP expects to recognize over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.5 years. At October 31, 2009, there was $117 million of unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock awards, which HP expected to recognize over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.6 years. Employee Stock Purchase Plan HP sponsors the Hewlett-Packard Company 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ‘‘ESPP’’), also known as the Share Ownership Plan, pursuant to which eligible employees may contribute up to 10% of base compensation, subject to certain income limits, to purchase shares of HP’s common stock. The ESPP expired in November 2010. For purchases made on or before April 30, 2009, employees purchased stock pursuant to the ESPP semi-annually at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value on the purchase date, and HP recognized expense based on a 15% discount of the fair market value for those purchases. Effective May 1, 2009, HP modified the ESPP to eliminate the 15% discount applicable to purchases made under the ESPP. 92 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 2: Stock-Based Compensation (Continued) The ESPP activity as of October 31 during each fiscal year was as follows: Compensation expense, net of taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shares purchased . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weighted-average purchase price per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Employees eligible to participate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Employees who participated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 2009 2008 In millions, except weighted-average purchase price per share $ 58 $ — $ 24 9.68 6.16 1.62 $ 36 $ 33 $ 47 2010 2009 2008 In thousands 260 49 251 18 164 50 Shares Reserved Shares available for future grant and shares reserved for future issuance under the ESPP and incentive compensation plans were as follows: Shares available for future grant at October 31: HP plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assumed Compaq and EDS plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124,553(1) 95,311(1) 117,655 — 82,449(2) 73,147 124,553 177,760 190,802 Shares reserved for future issuance under all stock-related benefit plans at October 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296,973 410,977 498,574 2010 2009 2008 Shares in thousands (1) (2) Includes 30 million and 24 million shares that expired in November 2010 and November 2009, respectively. In November 2009, HP retired the assumed Compaq and EDS plans for purposes of granting new awards. The shares that had been reserved for future awards under those plans were returned to HP’s pool of authorized shares and will not be available for issuance under any other HP plans. 93 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 3: Net Earnings Per Share HP calculates basic earnings per share using net earnings and the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted EPS includes any dilutive effect of outstanding stock options, PRUs, restricted stock units, restricted stock and convertible debt. The reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted EPS calculations was as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: 2010 2009 2008 In millions, except per share amounts Numerator: Net earnings(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustment for interest expense on zero-coupon subordinated convertible $8,761 $7,660 $8,329 notes, net of taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — 3 Net earnings, adjusted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $8,761 $7,660 $8,332 Denominator: Weighted-average shares used to compute basic EPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Effect of dilutive securities: Dilutive effect of employee stock plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zero-coupon subordinated convertible notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dilutive potential common shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,319 2,388 2,483 53 — 53 49 — 49 81 3 84 Weighted-average shares used to compute diluted EPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,372 2,437 2,567 Net earnings per share: Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 3.78 $ 3.21 $ 3.35 Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 3.69 $ 3.14 $ 3.25 (1) Net earnings available to participating securities were not significant for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008. HP considers restricted stock that provides the holder with a non-forfeitable right to receive dividends to be a participating security. HP excludes options with exercise prices that are greater than the average market price from the calculation of diluted EPS because their effect would be anti-dilutive. In fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, HP excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS options to purchase 5 million shares, 85 million shares and 54 million shares, respectively. HP also excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS options to purchase an additional 2 million shares, 2 million shares and 28 million shares in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, whose combined exercise price, unamortized fair value and excess tax benefits were greater in each of those periods than the average market price for HP’s common stock because their effect would be anti-dilutive. In October and November 1997, HP issued U.S. dollar zero-coupon subordinated convertible notes due 2017 (the ‘‘LYONs’’), the outstanding principal amount of which was redeemed in March 2008. The LYONs were convertible at the option of the holders at any time prior to maturity, unless previously redeemed or otherwise purchased. For purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share above, the interest expense (net of tax) associated with the LYONs was added back to net earnings, and the shares issuable upon conversion of the LYONs were included in the weighted-average shares used to compute diluted earnings per share for periods that the LYONs were outstanding. 94 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 4: Balance Sheet Details Balance sheet details were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: Accounts and Financing Receivables 2010 2009 In millions Accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Allowance for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $19,006 (525) $17,166 (629) $18,481 $16,537 Financing receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Allowance for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 3,050 (64) $ 2,723 (48) $ 2,986 $ 2,675 HP has revolving trade receivables based facilities permitting it to sell certain trade receivables to third parties on a non-recourse basis. The aggregate maximum capacity under these programs was $524 million as of October 31, 2010. HP sold $1,753 million of trade receivables during fiscal 2010. As of October 31, 2010, HP had $175 million available under these programs. Inventory Finished goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purchased parts and fabricated assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,431 2,035 $4,092 2,036 2010 2009 In millions Other Current Assets Deferred tax assets—short-term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Value added taxes receivable from various governments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supplier and other receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prepaid and other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $6,466 $6,128 2010 2009 In millions $ 5,833 3,366 2,737 3,381 $ 4,979 2,650 3,439 2,797 $15,317 $13,865 95 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 4: Balance Sheet Details (Continued) Property, Plant and Equipment 2010 2009 Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buildings and leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Machinery and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ $ In millions 530 8,523 13,874 513 7,472 12,959 Accumulated depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (11,164) (9,682) $ 11,763 $11,262 Depreciation expense was approximately $3.3 billion in fiscal 2010, $3.2 billion in fiscal 2009 and 22,927 20,944 $2.4 billion in fiscal 2008. Subsequent event On November 16, 2010 HP sold land and buildings for approximately $415 million realizing a gain of approximately $280 million. The sale is part of the company’s multi-year program to consolidate real estate locations worldwide to reduce real estate costs. Long-Term Financing Receivables and Other Assets Financing receivables, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred tax assets—long term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 3,584 2,070 6,571 $ 3,303 1,750 6,236 2010 2009 In millions Other Accrued Liabilities $12,225 $11,289 2010 2009 In millions Other accrued taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sales and marketing programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 3,216 1,774 3,374 6,932 $ 2,784 1,777 2,724 6,787 $15,296 $14,072 96 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 4: Balance Sheet Details (Continued) Other Liabilities 2010 2009 In millions Pension, post-retirement, and post-employment liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred tax liability—long-term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long term deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other long-term liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 6,754 5,239 3,303 3,765 $ 6,427 4,230 3,249 3,146 $19,061 $17,052 Note 5: Supplemental Cash Flow Information Supplemental cash flow information to the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows was as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: Cash paid for income taxes, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cash paid for interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-cash investing and financing activities: Issuance of common stock and stock awards assumed in business acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purchase of assets under financing arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purchase of assets under capital leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Note 6: Acquisitions Acquisitions in fiscal 2010 2010 2009 2008 In millions $643 $572 $1,136 $ 426 $1,293 $ 384 93 $ $ — $283 $131 $ 122 $ — $ 316 $ — 30 $ In fiscal 2010, HP completed eleven acquisitions. The purchase price allocation for these acquisitions as set forth in the table below reflects various preliminary fair value estimates and analyses, including preliminary work performed by third-party valuation specialists, which are subject to change within the measurement period as valuations are finalized. The primary areas of the preliminary purchase price allocations that are not yet finalized relate to the fair values of certain tangible assets and liabilities acquired, the valuation of intangible assets acquired, certain legal matters, income and non-income based taxes, and residual goodwill. We expect to continue to obtain information to assist us in determining the fair value of the net assets acquired at the acquisition date during the measurement period. Measurement period adjustments that HP determines to be material will be applied retrospectively to the period of acquisition in HP’s consolidated financial statements and, depending on the nature of the adjustments, other periods subsequent to the period of acquisition could also be affected. Pro forma results of operations for these acquisitions have not been presented because they are not material to HP’s consolidated results of operations, either individually or in the aggregate. Goodwill, which represents the excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired, is not deductible for tax purposes. 97 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 6: Acquisitions (Continued) The following table presents the aggregate purchase price allocation, including those items that are still preliminary allocations, for all of HP’s acquisitions in fiscal 2010: Net tangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Amortizable intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . In-process research and development Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total purchase price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . In millions $1,400 2,402 331 5,230 $9,363 The largest acquisitions completed in fiscal 2010 are as follows: Acquisition of 3Com Corporation (‘‘3Com’’) On April 12, 2010, HP completed its acquisition of 3Com, a global enterprise provider of networking switching, routing and security solutions, at a price of $7.90 per share in cash. HP reports the financial results of the 3Com business in the Corporate Investments segment. The aggregate purchase price of $3.3 billion consisted of cash paid for outstanding common stock, vested in-the-money stock awards and the estimated fair value of earned unvested stock awards assumed by HP. In connection with this acquisition, HP recorded approximately $1.3 billion of goodwill, amortizable purchased intangible assets of $987 million and IPR&D assets of $106 million. HP is amortizing the purchased intangible assets on a straight-line basis over an estimated weighted-average life of 5.1 years. Acquisition of Palm, Inc. (‘‘Palm’’) On July 1, 2010, HP completed the acquisition of Palm, a provider of smartphones powered by the Palm webOS mobile operating system. HP reports the financial results of the Palm business in the Corporate Investments segment. The aggregate purchase price was $1.8 billion, which included cash paid for common stock, vested-in-the-money stock awards, the estimated fair value of earned unvested stock awards assumed as well as certain debt that was repaid at the acquisition date. In connection with this acquisition, HP recorded approximately $879 million of goodwill, amortizable purchased intangible assets of $344 million and IPR&D assets of $80 million. HP is amortizing the purchased intangible assets on a straight-line basis over an estimated weighted-average life of 6.2 years. Acquisition of 3PAR Inc. (‘‘3PAR’’) On September 27, 2010, HP completed the acquisition of 3PAR, a provider of utility storage. HP reports the financial results of the 3PAR business in its Enterprise Storage and Servers (‘‘ESS’’) segment. The aggregate purchase price was $2.3 billion, which included cash paid for common stock, vested-in-the-money stock awards and the estimated fair value of earned unvested stock awards assumed at the acquisition date. In connection with this acquisition, HP recorded approximately $1.6 billion of goodwill, amortizable purchased intangible assets of $569 million and IPR&D assets of $101 million. HP is amortizing the purchased intangible assets on a straight-line basis over an estimated weighted-average life of 6.0 years. 98 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 6: Acquisitions (Continued) Acquisition of ArcSight Inc. (‘‘ArcSight’’) On October 22, 2010, HP completed the acquisition of ArcSight, a security and compliance management company. HP reports the financial results of the ArcSight business in the HP Software segment. The aggregate purchase price was $1.7 billion, which included cash paid for common stock, vested-in-the-money stock awards and the estimated fair value of earned unvested stock awards assumed at the acquisition date. In connection with this acquisition, HP recorded approximately $1.2 billion of goodwill, amortizable purchased intangible assets of $393 million and IPR&D assets of $41 million. HP is amortizing the purchased intangible assets on a straight-line basis over an estimated weighted-average life of 6.8 years. Acquisitions in prior years In fiscal 2009, HP completed two acquisitions. Total consideration for the acquisitions was $390 million, which includes direct transaction costs and the assumption of certain liabilities in connection with the transactions. The largest of the two acquisitions was the acquisition of Lefthand Networks, Inc., a leading provider of storage virtualization and solutions, which has been integrated into ESS, at a purchase price of $347 million. In fiscal 2009, HP recorded $315 million of goodwill, $105 million of purchased intangibles and $7 million of IPR&D related to these transactions. In fiscal 2008, HP completed nine acquisitions and a minority interest purchase for a total consideration of $14.6 billion. The largest acquisition was the acquisition of EDS for a purchase price of $13.0 billion. The purchase price comprised of $12.7 billion cash paid for outstanding common stock, $328 million for the fair value of stock options and restricted stock units assumed, and $36 million for direct transaction costs. Of the total purchase price, $10.4 billion has been allocated to goodwill, $4.6 billion has been allocated to amortizable intangible assets acquired and $2.0 billion has been allocated to net tangible liabilities assumed in connection with the acquisition. HP also expensed $30 million for IPR&D charges. HP included the results of EDS in its consolidated results of operations starting on August 26, 2008, the closing date of the acquisition. Pro forma results for EDS acquisition The following table presents the unaudited pro forma results for the year ended October 31, 2008. The unaudited pro forma financial information for the year ended October 31, 2008 combines the results of operations of HP and EDS as though the companies had been combined as of the beginning of fiscal 2008. The pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only and is not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the acquisition and related borrowings had taken place at the beginning of fiscal 2008. The unaudited pro forma results presented include amortization charges for acquired intangible assets, eliminations of intercompany transactions, restructuring charges, IPR&D charges, adjustments for incremental stock-based compensation expense related to the unearned portion of EDS stock options and restricted stock units assumed, adjustments 99 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 6: Acquisitions (Continued) for depreciation expense for property, plant and equipment, adjustments to interest expense and related tax effects. In millions, except per share data Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic net earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diluted net earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2008 $136,022 $ 7,828 3.15 $ 3.05 $ Note 7: Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets Goodwill Goodwill allocated to HP’s business segments as of October 31, 2010 and 2009 and changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows: Enterprise Storage and Servers HP Software Personal Systems Group Imaging and Printing Group HP Financial Services Services Corporate Investments Total In millions Balance at October 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . $16,284 $4,745 $6,162 $2,493 $2,463 $144 $ 44 $32,335 Goodwill acquired during the period . . . . . . Goodwill adjustments Balance at October 31, — 545 315 (55) — (22) — (6) — (3) — — — — 315 459 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . $16,829 $5,005 $6,140 $2,487 $2,460 $144 $ 44 $33,109 Goodwill acquired during the period . . . . . . Goodwill adjustments Balance at October 31, 17 121 1,635 (30) 1,407 (2) 18 (5) — (4) — — 2,153 64 5,230 144 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . $16,967 $6,610 $7,545 $2,500 $2,456 $144 $2,261 $38,483 During fiscal 2010, HP recorded approximately $5.2 billion of goodwill related to acquisitions based on its preliminary purchase price allocations. In addition, HP recorded goodwill adjustments primarily related to an increase to the deferred tax liability on outside basis differences of EDS foreign subsidiaries at acquisition. HP also recorded an increase to goodwill as a result of currency translation related to 3Com’s subsidiary whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar. These increases to goodwill were partially offset by tax adjustments primarily related to tax deductible stock-based awards for certain acquisitions for which the acquisition date preceded the effective date of the new accounting standard for business combinations. During fiscal 2009, HP recorded adjustments of approximately $306 million to the estimated fair values of EDS’s intangible assets and net liabilities acquired resulting in an increase to EDS’s goodwill, which is allocated to the Services segment. These changes in the estimated fair values relate primarily to restructuring liabilities, fixed assets, net deferred tax liabilities and intangible assets. In addition, 100 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 7: Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets (Continued) goodwill increased approximately $255 million as a result of currency translation related to certain of EDS’s foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar. These increases in goodwill were partially offset by tax adjustments for various previous acquisitions. Based on the results of its annual impairment tests, HP determined that no impairment of goodwill existed as of August 1, 2010 or August 1, 2009. However, future goodwill impairment tests could result in a charge to earnings. HP will continue to evaluate goodwill on an annual basis as of the beginning of its fourth fiscal quarter and whenever events and changes in circumstances indicate that there may be a potential impairment. Purchased Intangible Assets HP’s purchased intangible assets associated with completed acquisitions for each of the following fiscal years ended October 31 are composed of: Customer contracts, customer lists and distribution agreements . . . . . . . . . . Developed and core technology and 2010 Accumulated Amortization Gross 2009 Accumulated Amortization Net Net Gross In millions $ 7,503 $(3,864) $3,639 $ 6,763 $(3,034) $3,729 patents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,763 346 (3,384) (239) Total amortizable purchased intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IPR&D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compaq trade name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,612 301 1,422 (7,487) — — 2,379 107 6,125 301 1,422 4,171 247 (2,747) (222) 11,181 — 1,422 (6,003) — — 1,424 25 5,178 — 1,422 Total purchased intangible assets . . . . . $15,335 $(7,487) $7,848 $12,603 $(6,003) $6,600 For fiscal 2010, HP recorded approximately $2.7 billion of purchased intangible assets and IPR&D related to acquisitions based on its preliminary purchase price allocations. For fiscal 2009, HP recorded an increase of $83 million to purchased intangibles as a result of currency translation related to certain of EDS’s foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar. HP also recorded an increase of $21 million to the estimated fair value of EDS’s intangible assets acquired. Based on the results of its annual impairment tests, HP determined that no impairment of the indefinite-lived Compaq trade name existed as of August 1, 2010 or August 1, 2009. However, future impairment tests could result in a charge to earnings. HP will continue to evaluate the Compaq trade name on an annual basis as of the beginning of its fourth fiscal quarter and whenever events and changes in circumstances indicate that there may be an indicator of potential impairment. The finite-lived purchased intangible assets consist of customer contracts, customer lists and distribution agreements, which have weighted-average useful lives of 8 years, and developed and core technology, patents and product trademarks, which have weighted-average useful lives of 5 years. 101 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 7: Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets (Continued) Estimated future amortization expense related to finite-lived purchased intangible assets at October 31, 2010 is as follows: Fiscal year: 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . In millions $1,513 1,296 1,142 803 681 690 $6,125 Note 8: Restructuring Charges HP records restructuring charges associated with management approved restructuring plans to either reorganize one or more of HP’s business segments, or to remove duplicative headcount and infrastructure associated with one or more business acquisitions. Restructuring charges can include severance costs to eliminate a specified number of employees, infrastructure charges to vacate facilities and consolidate operations, and contract cancellation cost. Restructuring charges are recorded based upon planned employee termination dates and site closure and consolidation plans. The timing of associated cash payments is dependent upon the type of restructuring charge and can extend over a multi-year period. HP records the short-term portion of the restructuring liability in Accrued restructuring and the long-term portion in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Fiscal 2010 Acquisitions On July 1, 2010, HP completed the acquisition of Palm. In connection with the acquisition, HP’s management approved and initiated a plan to restructure the operations of Palm, including severance for Palm employees, contract cancellation costs and other items. The total expected cost of the plan is $46 million. In fiscal 2010, HP recorded restructuring charges of approximately $46 million. No further restructuring charges are anticipated, subject to changes in the Palm integration plan. The majority of these costs are expected to be paid out by the second quarter of fiscal 2011. On April 12, 2010, HP completed the acquisition of 3Com. In connection with the acquisition, HP’s management approved and initiated a plan to restructure the operation of 3Com, including severance costs and costs to vacate duplicative facilities. The total expected cost of the plan is $42 million. In fiscal 2010, HP recorded restructuring charges of approximately $18 million. HP expects to record the majority of the cost of this restructuring plan by the second quarter of fiscal 2011 based upon the timing of planned terminations and facility closure dates. These costs are expected to be paid out through fiscal 2016. Fiscal 2010 ES Restructuring Plan On June 1, 2010, HP’s management announced a plan to restructure its enterprise services business, which includes its infrastructure technology outsourcing, business process outsourcing and application services business units. The multi-year restructuring program includes plans to consolidate commercial data centers, tools and applications. The total expected cost of the plan that will be 102 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 8: Restructuring Charges (Continued) recorded as restructuring charges is approximately $1.0 billion, including severance costs to eliminate approximately 9,000 positions and infrastructure charges. For fiscal 2010, a restructuring charge of $650 million was recorded primarily related to severance costs. HP expects to record the majority of the remaining severance costs by the second quarter of fiscal 2011 and the majority of the infrastructure charges through fiscal 2012. The timing of the charges is based upon planned termination dates and site closure and consolidation plans. The majority of the associated cash payments are expected to be paid out through the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012. As of October 31, 2010, approximately 2,100 positions have been eliminated. Fiscal 2009 Restructuring Plan In May 2009, HP’s management approved and initiated a restructuring plan to structurally change and improve the effectiveness of the Imaging and Printing Group (‘‘IPG’’), the Personal Systems Group (‘‘PSG’’), and Enterprise Storage and Servers (‘‘ESS’’) businesses. The total expected cost of the plan is $292 million in severance-related costs associated with the planned elimination of approximately 5,000 positions. As of October 31, 2010, approximately 4,200 positions had been eliminated. HP expects the remaining positions to be eliminated and a majority of the restructuring costs to be paid out through the first quarter of fiscal 2011. Fiscal 2008 HP/EDS Restructuring Plan In connection with the acquisition of EDS on August 26, 2008, HP’s management approved and initiated a restructuring plan to combine and align HP’s services businesses, eliminate duplicative overhead functions and consolidate and vacate duplicative facilities. The restructuring plan is expected to be implemented over four years from the acquisition date at a total expected cost of $3.4 billion. The restructuring plan includes severance cost to eliminate approximately 25,000 positions. As of October 31, 2010, the vast majority of the positions had been eliminated, and the associated severance costs had been paid out. The infrastructure charges in the restructuring plan include facility closure and consolidation costs and the costs associated with early termination of certain contractual obligations. HP expects to record the majority of these costs through fiscal 2011 based upon the execution of site closure and consolidation plans. The associated cash payments are expected to be paid out through fiscal 2016. Approximately $1.5 billion of the expected costs were associated with pre-acquisition EDS and were reflected in the purchase price of EDS. These costs are subject to change based on the actual costs incurred. The remaining costs are primarily associated with HP and will be recorded as a restructuring charge. 103 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 8: Restructuring Charges (Continued) Summary of Restructuring Plans The adjustments to the accrued restructuring expenses related to all of HP’s restructuring plans described above for the twelve months ended October 31, 2010 were as follows: Balance, October 31, 2009 Fiscal year 2010 charges (reversals) Cash payments Non-cash settlements and other adjustments In millions Balance, October 31, 2010 As of October 31, 2010 Total costs and adjustments to date Total expected costs and adjustments Fiscal 2010 acquisitions . . Fiscal 2010 ES Plan: Severance . . . . . . . . . Infrastructure . . . . . . . Total ES Plan . . . . . . . Fiscal 2009 Plan . . . . . . . Fiscal 2008 HP/EDS Plan: Severance . . . . . . . . . Infrastructure . . . . . . . Total HP/EDS Plan . . . Total restructuring plans . . $ — $ — — $ — $ 248 $ 747 419 $1,166 $1,414 $ 64 $ 630 20 $ 650 (5) $ $ 236 193 $ 429 $1,138 $ $ (20) (55) (6) $ (61) $ (177) $ (873) (185) $(1,058) $(1,316) $ — $ 45 (10) $ 35 $ (9) $(35) (19) $(54) $(28) $ 44 $ 620 4 $ 624 57 $ $ 75 408 $ 483 $1,208 $ 64 $ 630 20 $ 650 $ 292 $2,146 693 $2,839 $3,845 $ 88 $ 761 231 $ 992 $ 292 $2,146 1,239 $3,385 $4,757 During fiscal 2010, HP had completed payouts of restructuring liabilities associated with previous restructuring actions and recorded a restructuring charge in fiscal 2010 of $6 million associated with these actions. At October 31, 2009, HP had $51 million of restructuring liabilities associated with these actions. At October 31, 2010 and October 31, 2009, HP included the long-term portion of the restructuring liability of $297 million and $356 million, respectively, in Other liabilities, and the short-term portion in Accrued restructuring in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Note 9: Fair Value HP adopted the provisions related to the fair value of nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities in the first quarter of fiscal 2010 for the following major categories of nonfinancial items from the Consolidated Balance Sheet: Property, plant and equipment; Goodwill; Purchased intangible assets; Accrued restructuring; and the asset retirement obligations within Other accrued liabilities and Other liabilities. The provisions of the accounting standard related to measuring fair value and related disclosures are applied to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities whenever they are required to be measured at fair value, such as when accounting for a business combination, when evaluating and/or determining impairment, or in accordance with certain other accounting pronouncements. Except for assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations as discussed in Note 6, HP did not measure any material nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities at fair value on a non-recurring basis in fiscal 2010. Except for the provisions noted above, the accounting standard relating to fair value measurements and disclosures became effective for HP beginning in fiscal 2009. This standard establishes a new framework for measuring fair value and expands related disclosures. The framework requires fair value to be determined based on the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. 104 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 9: Fair Value (Continued) Valuation techniques used by HP are based upon observable and unobservable inputs. Observable or market inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect HP’s assumptions about market participant assumptions based on best information available. Observable inputs are the preferred source of values. These two types of inputs create the following fair value hierarchy: Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical instruments in active markets. Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 3—Prices or valuations that require management inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable. The following section describes the valuation methodologies HP uses to measure its financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Cash Equivalents and Investments: HP holds time deposits, money market funds, commercial paper, other debt securities primarily consisting of corporate and foreign government notes and bonds, and common stock and equivalents. Where applicable, HP uses quoted prices in active markets for identical assets to determine fair value. If quoted prices in active markets for identical assets are not available to determine fair value, HP uses quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly. If quoted prices for identical or similar assets are not available, HP uses internally developed valuation models, whose inputs include bid prices, and third- party valuations utilizing underlying assets assumptions. Derivative Instruments: As discussed in Note 10, HP mainly holds non-speculative forwards, swaps and options to hedge certain foreign currency and interest rate exposures. When active market quotes are not available, HP uses industry standard valuation models. Where applicable, these models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value using market-based observable inputs including interest rate curves, credit risk, foreign exchange rates, and forward and spot prices for currencies. In certain cases, market-based observable inputs are not available and, in those cases, HP uses management judgment to develop assumptions which are used to determine fair value. 105 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 9: Fair Value (Continued) The following table presents HP’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis: As of October 31, 2010 As of October 31, 2009 Fair Value Measured Using Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Balance Fair Value Measured Using Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 In millions Assets Time deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commercial paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Money market funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marketable equity securities . . . . . . . . . . Foreign bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corporate bonds and other debt securities . Derivatives: Interest rate contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other derivatives $ — — 971 11 8 3 — — — $6,598 — — 3 365 6 735 150 5 $— — — — — 50 — 32 6 $6,598 — 971 14 373 59 735 182 11 $ — — 262 7 10 5 — — — $ 8,925 1,388 — 3 367 5 375 379 1 $— — — — — 36 — 1 — Total Balance $ 8,925 1,388 262 10 377 46 375 380 1 Total Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $993 $7,862 $88 $8,943 $284 $11,443 $37 $11,764 Liabilities Derivatives: Interest rate contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other derivatives Total Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ — — — $ — $ 89 880 — $ 969 $— 10 — $10 $ 89 890 — $ 979 $ — — — $ — $ $ 51 720 2 773 $— 1 — $ 1 $ $ 51 721 2 774 The following table presents the changes in Level 3 instruments in fiscal years 2010 and 2009 that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The majority of the Level 3 balances consist of 106 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 9: Fair Value (Continued) investment securities classified as available-for-sale with changes in fair value recorded in other comprehensive income (‘‘OCI’’). Fair Value Measured Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Beginning balance at November 1, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $36 Total (losses) gains (realized/unrealized): In millions $ — Included in earnings(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Included in OCI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purchases, issuances, and settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (8) 14 8 2 67 (41) Other Debt Securities Derivative Instruments Total $ 36 (6) 81 (33) Ending balance at October 31, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $50 $ 28 $ 78 The amount of total losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized losses relating to assets still held as of October 31, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ (8) $ 2 $ (6) (1) Included in Interest and other, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Fair Value Measured Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Beginning balance at November 1, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 64 Total (losses) gains (realized/unrealized): In millions $(1) Included in earnings(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Included in OCI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purchases, issuances, and settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2) (25) (1) 2 (2) 1 Other Debt Securities Derivative Instruments Total $ 63 — (27) — Ending balance at October 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 36 $— $ 36 The amount of total losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized losses relating to assets still held as of October 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ (2) $— $ (2) (1) Included in Interest and other, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings. HP measures certain assets including cost and equity method investments at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets are recognized at fair value when they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. In fiscal years 2010 and 2009, HP recorded an impairment charge of $5 million and $22 million, respectively. 107 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 10: Financial Instruments Cash Equivalents and Available-for-Sale Investments Cash equivalents and available-for-sale investments at fair value as of October 31, 2010 and October 31, 2009 were as follows: October 31, 2010 Gross Gross Unrealized Unrealized Cost Gain Loss Estimated Fair Value October 31, 2009 Gross Gross Unrealized Unrealized Cost Gain Loss Estimated Fair Value In millions Cash Equivalents Time deposits . . . . . . . . . $6,590 — Commercial paper . . . . . . 971 Money market funds . . . . Total cash equivalents . . . . . 7,561 Available-for-Sale Investments Debt securities: Time deposits . . . . . . . . . Foreign bonds . . . . . . . . . Corporate bonds and other debt securities . . . Total debt securities . . . . . . 8 315 89 412 Equity securities in public companies . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Total cash equivalents and available-for-sale investments . . . . . . . . . . . $7,978 $— — — — — 58 — 58 4 $ — $6,590 $ 8,870 — 1,388 262 — — 971 — 7,561 10,520 — — (30) (30) — 8 373 59 440 9 55 328 91 474 3 $— — — — — 49 — 49 2 $ — $ 8,870 1,388 262 — — — 10,520 — — (45) (45) — 55 377 46 478 5 $62 $(30) $8,010 $10,997 $51 $(45) $11,003 Cash equivalents consist of investments in time deposits, commercial paper and money market funds with original maturities of ninety days or less. Interest income related to cash and cash equivalents was approximately $111 million in fiscal 2010, $119 million in fiscal 2009 and $401 million in fiscal 2008. Time deposits were primarily issued by institutions outside the U.S. as of October 31, 2010 and October 31, 2009. Available-for-sale securities consist of short-term investments which mature within twelve months or less and long-term investments with maturities longer than twelve months. Investments include primarily time deposits, fixed-interest securities, and institutional bonds. HP estimates the fair values of its investments based on quoted market prices or pricing models using current market rates. These estimated fair values may not be representative of actual values that will be realized in the future. The gross unrealized loss as of October 31, 2010 was due primarily to declines in the fair value of certain debt securities and included $28 million that has been in a continuous loss position for more than twelve months. The gross unrealized loss as of October 31, 2009 was due primarily to declines in the fair value of certain debt securities and included $20 million that had been in a continuous loss 108 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 10: Financial Instruments (Continued) position for more than twelve months. HP does not intend to sell these debt securities, and it is not likely that HP will be required to sell these debt securities prior to the recovery of the amortized cost. HP determined the declines in value of certain investments to be other-than-temporary declines. Accordingly, HP recorded impairments relating to credit losses of approximately $12 million in fiscal 2010, $24 million in fiscal 2009 and $27 million in fiscal 2008. HP includes these impairments in Interest and other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Depending on market and other conditions, HP may record additional impairments with respect to its investment portfolio in the future. Contractual maturities of short-term and long-term investments in available-for-sale debt securities at October 31, 2010 were as follows: October 31, 2010 Cost Estimated Fair Value Due in less than one year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Due in 1-5 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Due in more than five years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ $ In millions 5 15 392 5 15 420 Proceeds from sales and maturities of available-for-sale and other securities were $200 million and $171 million in fiscal years 2010 and 2009, respectively. There were $8 million of gross realized gains on total investments in fiscal 2010. There were no realized gains or losses on total investments in fiscal 2009. The specific identification method is used to account for gains and losses on available-for-sale securities. A summary of the carrying values and balance sheet classification of all short-term and long-term investments in debt and equity securities as of October 31, 2010 and October 31, 2009 was as follows: $412 $440 October 31, October 31, 2010 2009 In millions Time deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Available-for-sale debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ — 5 Short-term investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Time deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Available-for-sale debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Available-for-sale equity securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equity securities in privately-held companies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Included in long-term financing receivables and other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 8 427 9 154 9 607 $ 55 — 55 — 423 5 129 13 570 Total investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $612 $625 Equity securities in privately held companies include cost basis and equity method investments. Other investments include marketable trading securities held to generate returns that HP expects to 109 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 10: Financial Instruments (Continued) offset changes in certain liabilities related to deferred compensation arrangements. HP includes gains or losses from changes in fair value of these securities, offset by losses or gains on the related liabilities, in Interest and other, net, in HP’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The net losses associated with these securities were $7 million and $14 million in fiscal years 2010 and 2009, respectively. Derivative Financial Instruments HP is a global company that is exposed to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and interest rate changes in the normal course of its business. As part of its risk management strategy, HP uses derivative instruments, primarily forward contracts, option contracts, interest rate swaps, and total return swaps, to hedge certain foreign currency, interest rate and, to a lesser extent, equity exposures. HP’s objective is to offset gains and losses resulting from these exposures with losses and gains on the derivative contracts used to hedge them, thereby reducing volatility of earnings or protecting fair values of assets and liabilities. HP does not have any leveraged derivatives and does not use derivative contracts for speculative purposes. HP designates its derivatives as fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or hedges of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation (‘‘net investment hedges’’). Additionally, for derivatives not designated as hedging instruments, HP categorizes those economic hedges as other derivatives. HP recognizes all derivatives, on a gross basis, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value and reports them in Other current assets, Long-term financing receivables and other assets, Other accrued liabilities, or Other liabilities. HP classifies cash flows from the derivative programs as operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. As a result of the use of derivative instruments, HP is exposed to the risk that counterparties to derivative contracts will fail to meet their contractual obligations. To mitigate the counterparty credit risk, HP has a policy of only entering into contracts with carefully selected major financial institutions based upon their credit ratings and other factors, and HP maintains dollar and term limits that correspond to each institution’s credit rating. HP’s established policies and procedures for mitigating credit risk on principal transactions and short-term cash include reviewing and establishing limits for credit exposure and continually assessing the creditworthiness of counterparties. Master agreements with counterparties include master netting arrangements as further mitigation of credit exposure to counterparties. These arrangements permit HP to net amounts due from HP to a counterparty with amounts due to HP from a counterparty, which reduces the maximum loss from credit risk in the event of counterparty default. Certain of HP’s derivative instruments contain credit-risk-related contingent features, such as a provision whereby HP and the counterparties to the derivative instruments could request collateralization on derivative instruments in net liability positions if HP’s or the counterparties’ credit rating falls below certain thresholds. As of October 31, 2010 and October 31, 2009, HP was not required to post any collateral, and HP did not have any derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that were in a significant net liability position. Fair Value Hedges HP enters into fair value hedges to reduce the exposure of its debt portfolio to interest rate risk. HP issues long-term debt in U.S. dollars based on market conditions at the time of financing. HP uses 110 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 10: Financial Instruments (Continued) interest rate swaps to mitigate the market risk exposures in connection with the debt to achieve primarily U.S. dollar LIBOR-based floating interest expense. The swap transactions generally involve principal and interest obligations for U.S. dollar-denominated amounts. Alternatively, HP may choose not to swap fixed for floating interest payments or may terminate a previously executed swap if it believes a larger proportion of fixed-rate debt would be beneficial. When investing in fixed-rate instruments, HP may enter into interest rate swaps that convert the fixed interest returns into variable interest returns and would classify these swaps as fair value hedges. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges, HP recognizes the gain or loss on the derivative instrument, as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item, in Interest and other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings in the current period. Cash Flow Hedges HP uses a combination of forward contracts and options designated as cash flow hedges to protect against the foreign currency exchange rate risks inherent in its forecasted net revenue and, to a lesser extent, cost of sales, operating expense, and intercompany lease loan denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. HP’s foreign currency cash flow hedges mature generally within six to twelve months. However, certain leasing revenue-related forward contracts and intercompany lease loan forward contracts extend for the duration of the lease term, which can be up to five years. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, HP initially records the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss as a separate component of stockholders’ equity and subsequently reclassifies these amounts into earnings in the period during which the hedged transaction is recognized in earnings. HP reports the effective portion of cash flow hedges in the same financial statement line item as the changes in value of the hedged item. During fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, HP did not discontinue any cash flow hedge for which it was probable that a forecasted transaction would not occur. Net Investment Hedges HP uses forward contracts designated as net investment hedges to hedge net investments in certain foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is the local currency. These derivative instruments are designated as net investment hedges and, as such, HP records the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument together with changes in the hedged items in cumulative translation adjustment as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Other Derivatives Other derivatives not designated as hedging instruments consist primarily of forward contracts HP uses to hedge foreign currency balance sheet exposures. HP also uses total return swaps and, to a lesser extent, interest rate swaps, based on the equity and fixed income indices, to hedge its executive deferred compensation plan liability. For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, HP recognizes changes in the fair values in earnings in the period of change. HP recognizes the gain or loss on foreign currency forward contracts used to hedge balance sheet exposures in Interest and other, net in the same period as the remeasurement gain and loss of the related foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. HP recognizes the gain or loss on the total return swaps and interest rate swaps in Interest and other, net in the same period as the gain or loss from the change in market value of the executive deferred compensation plan liability. 111 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 10: Financial Instruments (Continued) Hedge Effectiveness For interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges, HP measures effectiveness by offsetting the change in fair value of the hedged debt with the change in fair value of the derivative. For foreign currency options and forward contracts designated as cash flow or net investment hedges, HP measures effectiveness by comparing the cumulative change in the hedge contract with the cumulative change in the hedged item, both of which are based on forward rates. HP recognizes any ineffective portion of the hedge, as well as amounts not included in the assessment of effectiveness, in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. As of October 31, 2010 and October 31, 2009, the portion of hedging instruments’ gain or loss excluded from the assessment of effectiveness was not material for fair value, cash flow or net investment hedges. Hedge ineffectiveness for fair value, cash flow and net investment hedges was not material in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008. Fair Value of Derivative Instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets As discussed in Note 9, HP estimates the fair values of derivatives primarily based on pricing models using current market rates and records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The gross notional and fair value of derivative financial instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were recorded as follows: As of October 31, 2010 As of October 31, 2009 Gross Other Current Other Accrued Other Gross Other Current Other Accrued Other Notional(1) Assets Other Assets Liabilities Liabilities Notional(1) Assets Other Assets Liabilities Liabilities Long-term Financing Receivables and Long-term Financing Receivables and Derivatives designated as hedging instruments Fair value hedges: In millions Interest rate contracts . . . . $ 8,575 $ — $656 $ — $ — $ 7,575 $ — $346 $ — $ 5 Cash flow hedges: Foreign exchange contracts . 16,862 Net investment hedges: Foreign exchange contracts . 1,466 98 8 20 2 Total derivatives designated as . hedging instruments . . . Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments Foreign exchange contracts Interest rate contracts(2) . . . . Other derivatives . . . . Total derivatives not designated as hedging . instruments . . . . . Total derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26,903 106 678 13,701 2,200 397 16,298 51 — 5 56 $43,201 $162 3 79 6 88 $766 503 58 561 129 — — 83 62 15,056 1,350 116 13 12 12 145 23,981 129 370 55 89 — 16,104 2,211 268 206 — 2 20 29 — 389 47 436 163 — 2 33 39 77 51 45 — 129 $690 144 $289 18,583 $42,564 208 $337 49 $419 165 $601 96 $173 (1) (2) Represents the face amounts of contracts that were outstanding as of October 31, 2010 and October 31, 2009, respectively. Represents offsetting swaps acquired through previous business combination that were not designated as hedging instruments. 112 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 10: Financial Instruments (Continued) Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings The before-tax effect of a derivative instrument and related hedged item in a fair value hedging relationship for fiscal years ended October 31, 2010 and October 31, 2009 was as follows: Derivative Instrument Location 2010 Hedged Item Location 2010 Interest rate contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interest and other, net In millions $316 Fixed-rate debt In millions $(299) Interest and other, net Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative and Related Hedged Item Derivative Instrument Location 2009 Hedged Item Location 2009 Interest rate contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interest and other, net In millions $232 Fixed-rate debt In millions $(236) Interest and other, net Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative and Related Hedged Item 113 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 10: Financial Instruments (Continued) The before-tax effect of derivative instruments in cash flow and net investment hedging relationships for fiscal years 2010 and 2009 was as follows: Gain (Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion) 2010 In millions Gain (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI Into Income (Effective Portion) Gain Recognized in Income on Derivative(1) (Ineffective portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) Location 2010 In millions Location 2010 In millions Cash flow hedges: Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . $273 Net revenue $325 Net revenue Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . Total cash flow 50 1 20 25 Cost of products Other operating expenses Interest and other, net Net revenue hedges . . . . . . . . $369 Net investment hedges: Foreign exchange Cost of products Other operating expenses Interest and other, net Interest and other, net 80 — — 26 $431 $— — — — 9 $ 9 contracts . . . . . . . . $ (82) Interest and other, net $ — Interest and other, net $— (1) Amount of gain recognized in income on derivative represents a $9 million gain related to the amount excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness in fiscal 2010. Gain (Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion) 2009 In millions Gain (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI Into Income (Effective Portion) Gain Recognized in Income on Derivative(1) (Ineffective portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) Location 2009 In millions Location 2009 In millions Cash flow hedges: Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . $(1,044) Net revenue Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . Total cash flow 115 (3) 1 29 Cost of products Other operating expenses Interest and other, net Net revenue hedges . . . . . . . . $ (902) Net investment hedges: Foreign exchange Net revenue Cost of products Other operating expenses Interest and other, net Interest and other, net $475 142 (4) (4) 9 $618 $— — — — 7 $ 7 contracts . . . . . . . . $ (169) Interest and other, net $ — Interest and other, net $— (1) Amount of gain recognized in income on derivative represents a $7 million gain related to the amount excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness in fiscal 2009. 114 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 10: Financial Instruments (Continued) HP expects to reclassify an estimated net accumulated other comprehensive loss of $200 million, net of taxes, to earnings in the next twelve months along with the earnings effects of the related forecasted transactions in association with cash flow hedges. The before-tax effect of derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings for fiscal years 2010 and 2009 was as follows: Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interest rate contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interest and other, net Interest and other, net Interest and other, net Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $(764) 8 6 $(750) Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative Location 2010 In millions Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative Location 2009 In millions Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interest rate contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interest and other, net Interest and other, net Interest and other, net Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $(989) (1) 1 $(989) Other Financial Instruments For the balance of HP’s financial instruments, accounts receivable, financing receivables, notes payable and short-term borrowings, accounts payable and other accrued liabilities, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to their short maturities. The estimated fair value of HP’s short- and long-term debt was approximately $22.5 billion at October 31, 2010, compared to a carrying value of $22.3 billion at that date. The estimated fair value of HP’s short- and long-term debt was approximately $16.0 billion at October 31, 2009, compared to a carrying value of $15.8 billion at that date. The estimated fair value of the debt is based primarily on quoted market prices, as well as borrowing rates currently available to HP for bank loans with similar terms and maturities. Note 11: Financing Receivables and Operating Leases Financing receivables represent sales-type and direct-financing leases resulting from the placement of HP’s and third-party products. These receivables typically have terms from two to five years and are usually collateralized by a security interest in the underlying assets. Financing receivables also include billed receivables from operating leases. The components of net financing receivables, which are 115 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 11: Financing Receivables and Operating Leases (Continued) included in financing receivables and long-term financing receivables and other assets, were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: 2010 2009 In millions Minimum lease payments receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Allowance for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unguaranteed residual value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unearned income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7,094 (140) 212 (596) $ 6,413 (108) 244 (571) Financing receivables, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,570 (2,986) 5,978 (2,675) Amounts due after one year, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 3,584 $ 3,303 As of October 31, 2010, scheduled maturities of HP’s minimum lease payments receivable were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: 2011 2012 2013 2014 Thereafter Total Scheduled maturities of minimum lease payments receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3,320 $1,951 $1,113 $520 $190 $7,094 Equipment leased to customers under operating leases was $3.5 billion at October 31, 2010 and $3.0 billion at October 31, 2009 and is included in machinery and equipment. Accumulated depreciation on equipment under lease was $1.0 billion at October 31, 2010 and $0.9 billion at October 31, 2009. As of October 31, 2010, minimum future rentals on non-cancelable operating leases related to leased equipment were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: Minimum future rentals on non-cancelable operating leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,169 $785 $398 $127 $46 $2,525 2011 2012 2013 2014 Thereafter Total Note 12: Guarantees Guarantees and Indemnifications In the ordinary course of business, HP may provide certain clients with subsidiary performance guarantees and/or financial performance guarantees, which may be backed by standby letters of credit or surety bonds. In general, HP would be liable for the amounts of these guarantees in the event that the nonperformance of HP or HP’s subsidiaries permits termination of the related contract by the client, the likelihood of which HP believes is remote. HP believes that the company is in compliance with the performance obligations under all material service contracts for which there is a performance guarantee. HP has certain service contracts supported by client financing or securitization arrangements. Under specific circumstances involving nonperformance resulting in service contract termination or failure to comply with terms under the financing arrangement, HP would be required to acquire certain assets. HP considers the possibility of its failure to comply to be remote and the asset amounts involved to be immaterial. 116 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 12: Guarantees (Continued) In the ordinary course of business, HP enters into contractual arrangements under which HP may agree to indemnify the third party to such arrangement from any losses incurred relating to the services they perform on behalf of HP or for losses arising from certain events as defined within the particular contract, which may include, for example, litigation or claims relating to past performance. Such indemnification obligations may not be subject to maximum loss clauses. Historically, payments made related to these indemnifications have been immaterial. Warranty HP provides for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time it recognizes revenue. HP engages in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of its component suppliers; however, product warranty terms offered to customers, ongoing product failure rates, material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure, as well as specific product class failures outside of HP’s baseline experience, affect the estimated warranty obligation. If actual product failure rates, repair rates or any other post sales support costs differ from these estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required. The changes in HP’s aggregate product warranty liabilities were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: Product warranty liability at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accruals for warranties issued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustments related to pre-existing warranties (including changes in estimates) . . . . Settlements made (in cash or in kind) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 2,409 2,689 (53) (2,598) $ 2,614 2,701 (223) (2,683) Product warranty liability at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 2,447 $ 2,409 2010 2009 In millions Note 13: Borrowings Notes Payable and Short-Term Borrowings Notes payable and short-term borrowings, including the current portion of long-term debt, were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: Commercial paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current portion of long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notes payable to banks, lines of credit and other . . 2010 2009 Amount Outstanding Weighted- Average Amount Interest Rate Outstanding Weighted- Average Interest Rate $4,432 2,216 398 $7,046 In millions 0.3% 2.2% 1.5% $ 294 1,143 413 $1,850 1.2% 1.0% 2.0% 117 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 13: Borrowings (Continued) Notes payable to banks, lines of credit and other includes deposits associated with HP’s banking- related activities of approximately $348 million and $326 million at October 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Long-Term Debt Long-term debt was as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: 2010 2009 In millions U.S. Dollar Global Notes 2002 Shelf Registration Statement: $500 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.505% in June 2002 at 6.5%, due July 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 500 $ 499 2006 Shelf Registration Statement: $600 issued at par in February 2007 at three-month USD LIBOR plus 0.11%, due March 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $900 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.938% in February 2007 at 5.25%, due March 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $500 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.694% in February 2007 at 5.4%, due March 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,000 issued at par in June 2007 at three-month USD LIBOR plus 0.06%, paid June 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,500 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.921% in March 2008 at 4.5%, due March 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $750 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.932% in March 2008 at 5.5%, 600 900 499 600 900 499 — 1,000 1,499 1,499 due March 2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750 750 $2,000 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.561% in December 2008 at 6.125%, due March 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,994 1,992 $275 issued at par in February 2009 at three-month USD LIBOR plus 1.75%, due February 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 275 $1,000 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.956% in February 2009 at 4.25%, due February 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,000 1,000 $1,500 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.993% in February 2009 at 4.75%, due June 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,500 1,500 2009 Shelf Registration Statement: $750 issued at par in May 2009 at three-month USD LIBOR plus 1.05%, due May 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750 750 $1,000 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.967% in May 2009 at 2.25%, due May 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.984% in May 2009 at 2.95%, due August 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $800 issued at par in September 2010 at three-month USD LIBOR plus 0.125%, due September 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,000 1,000 250 800 250 — 118 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 13: Borrowings (Continued) $1,100 issued at discount to par of 99.921% in September 2010 at 1.25% due September 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,100 issued at discount to par of 99.887% in September 2010 at 2.125% due September 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,099 1,099 — — 2010 2009 In millions EDS Senior Notes $1,100 issued June 2003 at 6.0%, due August 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $300 issued October 1999 at 7.45%, due October 2029 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14,515 12,514 1,130 315 1,445 1,140 315 1,455 Other, including capital lease obligations, at 0.59%-8.63%, due in calendar year 2010-2024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fair value adjustment related to hedged debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less: current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845 669 (2,216) 785 369 (1,143) Total long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $15,258 $13,980 As disclosed in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, HP uses interest rate swaps to mitigate the market risk exposures in connection with certain fixed interest global notes to achieve primarily U.S. dollar LIBOR-based floating interest expense. The table above does not reflect the interest rate swap impact on the interest rate. HP may redeem some or all of the Global Notes set forth in the above table at any time at the redemption prices described in the prospectus supplements relating thereto. The Global Notes are senior unsecured debt. In May 2009, HP filed a shelf registration statement (the ‘‘2009 Shelf Registration Statement’’) with the SEC to enable the company to offer for sale, from time to time, in one or more offerings, an unspecified amount of debt securities, common stock, preferred stock, depositary shares and warrants. The 2009 Shelf Registration Statement replaced other registration statements filed in March 2002 and May 2006. In May 2008, HP’s Board of Directors approved an increase in the capacity of HP’s U.S. commercial paper program by $10.0 billion to $16.0 billion. HP’s subsidiaries are authorized to issue up to an additional $1.0 billion of commercial paper, of which $500 million of capacity is currently available to be used by Hewlett-Packard International Bank PLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of HP, for its Euro Commercial Paper/Certificate of Deposit Programme. HP has a $3.0 billion five-year credit facility expiring in May 2012. In February 2009, HP entered into a $3.5 billion 364-day credit facility. The February credit facility expired in February 2010, at which time HP entered into a new $3.5 billion 364-day credit facility maintaining the total amount available under its credit facilities at $6.5 billion. Commitment fees, interest rates and other terms of borrowing under the credit facilities vary based on HP’s external credit ratings. The credit facilities are senior unsecured committed borrowing arrangements primarily to support the issuance of U.S. commercial paper. HP’s ability to have a U.S. commercial paper outstanding balance that exceeds the $6.5 billion 119 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 13: Borrowings (Continued) supported by these credit facilities is subject to a number of factors, including liquidity conditions and business performance. Included in Other, including capital lease obligations, are borrowings that are collateralized by certain financing receivable assets. As of October 31, 2010, the carrying value of the assets approximated the carrying value of the borrowings of $130 million. As of October 31, 2010, HP had the capacity to issue an unspecified amount of additional debt securities, common stock, preferred stock, depositary shares and warrants under the 2009 Shelf Registration Statement. As of that date, HP also had up to approximately $13.8 billion of available borrowing resources, including $12.1 billion under its commercial paper programs and approximately $1.5 billion relating to uncommitted lines of credit. Aggregate future maturities of long-term debt at face value (excluding a fair value adjustment related to hedged debt of $669 million, a premium on debt issuance of $45 million, and a discount on debt issuance of $17 million) were as follows at October 31, 2010: 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Thereafter Total In millions Aggregate future maturities of debt outstanding including capital lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,208 $4,272 $3,775 $3,720 $1,111 $1,691 $16,777 Interest expense on borrowings was approximately $417 million in fiscal 2010, $597 million in fiscal 2009, and $467 million in fiscal 2008. Subsequent event On December 2, 2010, HP issued $2 billion of U.S. Dollar Global Notes under the 2009 Shelf Registration Statement. The Global Notes consisted of fixed rate notes at market rates with maturities of five and ten years from the date of issuance. 120 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 14: Taxes on Earnings The domestic and foreign components of earnings were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: U.S. Non-U.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 4,027 6,947 In millions $2,569 6,846 $ 2,232 8,241 2010 2009 2008 $10,974 $9,415 $10,473 The provision for (benefit from) taxes on earnings was as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: U.S. federal taxes: 2010 2009 2008 In millions Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 484 231 $ 47 956 $ 405 686 Non-U.S. taxes: Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,345 21 1,156 (356) State taxes: Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 (55) 173 (221) 922 (85) 44 172 $2,213 $1,755 $2,144 121 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 14: Taxes on Earnings (Continued) The significant components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: 2010 2009 Deferred Tax Assets Deferred Tax Liabilities Deferred Tax Assets Deferred Tax Liabilities Loss carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Credit carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inventory valuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intercompany transactions—profit in inventory . . . . . . . . . . . Intercompany transactions—excluding inventory . . . . . . . . . . Fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Employee and retiree benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accounts receivable allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capitalized research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purchased intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restructuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equity investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 9,832 733 — 153 514 2,339 163 723 2,800 290 597 11 404 59 975 1,587 In millions $ — $ 9,191 1,444 — 111 534 1,328 119 794 2,692 300 879 28 459 81 949 1,599 — 7,529 10 1 — 15 48 29 9 — 1,885 13 — 24 251 Gross deferred tax assets and liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21,180 (8,755) 9,814 — 20,508 (8,678) $ — — 7,555 6 16 — 9 38 80 4 — 1,594 17 — 12 82 9,413 — Total deferred tax assets and liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $12,425 $9,814 $11,830 $9,413 The breakdown between current and long-term deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities was as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: 2010 2009 In millions Current deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long-term deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long-term deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 5,833 (53) 2,070 (5,239) $ 4,979 (83) 1,751 (4,230) Total deferred tax assets net of deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 2,611 $ 2,417 As of October 31, 2010, HP had $2.8 billion, $4.1 billion and $29.8 billion of federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards, respectively. Amounts included in each of these respective totals will begin to expire in fiscal 2011. HP also has a capital loss carryforward of approximately $275 million which will expire in fiscal 2015. HP has provided a valuation allowance of $145 million for deferred tax assets related to federal and state net operating losses, $106 million for deferred tax assets related to capital loss carryforwards, and $8.0 billion for deferred tax assets related to foreign net operating loss carryforwards that HP does not expect to realize. 122 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 14: Taxes on Earnings (Continued) As of October 31, 2010, HP had recorded deferred tax assets for various tax credit carryforwards of $733 million. This amount includes $74 million of U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards which begin to expire in fiscal 2011 and against which HP has recorded a valuation allowance of $47 million. HP had alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $11 million, which do not expire, and U.S. research and development credit carryforwards of $293 million, which will begin to expire in fiscal 2024. HP also had tax credit carryforwards of $356 million in various states and foreign countries for which HP has provided a valuation allowance of $176 million to reduce the related deferred tax asset. These credits will begin to expire in fiscal 2011. Gross deferred tax assets at October 31, 2010 and 2009 were reduced by valuation allowances of $8.8 billion and $8.7 billion, respectively. The valuation allowance increased by $77 million in fiscal 2010, consisting of $106 million associated with federal capital loss carryovers, and a net $29 million decrease associated with various net operating losses and tax credits. Gross deferred tax assets at October 31, 2009 and 2008 were reduced by valuation allowances of $8.7 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively. The valuation allowance increased by $6.9 billion in fiscal 2009. The valuation allowance increase consisted of $7.0 billion associated with foreign net operating loss carryovers arising in fiscal 2009 pursuant to internal restructuring transactions, reduced by $100 million of valuation allowance decreases associated with state and foreign net operating losses. Net excess tax benefits resulting from the exercise of employee stock options and other employee stock programs are recorded as an increase in stockholders’ equity and were approximately $300 million in fiscal 2010, $163 million in fiscal 2009, and $316 million in fiscal 2008. The differences between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and HP’s effective tax rate were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: U.S. federal statutory income tax rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit Lower rates in other jurisdictions, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Research and development credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foreign net operating loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accrued taxes due to post-acquisition integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 2009 2008 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% 0.9 1.3 (12.2) (18.3) (0.5) (0.1) — (4.1) (0.6) 0.8 0.6 — (0.5) 1.5 1.3 (16.9) (0.4) — — 2.0 (0.5) 20.2% 18.6% 20.5% In fiscal 2010, HP recorded $26 million of net income tax benefits related to items unique to the year. These amounts included adjustments to prior year foreign income tax accruals and credits, settlement of tax audit matters, valuation allowance adjustments, and other miscellaneous discrete items. In fiscal 2009, HP recorded $547 million of net income tax benefits related to items unique to the year. The recorded amounts included $383 million of income tax benefits attributable to net deferred tax assets for foreign net operating loss carryovers arising pursuant to internal restructuring transactions. Also included were a net tax benefit of $154 million for the adjustment to estimated fiscal 2008 tax accruals upon filing the 2008 income tax returns, a $60 million income tax benefit for 123 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 14: Taxes on Earnings (Continued) valuation allowance reversals for state and foreign net operating losses, and other miscellaneous items that resulted in a net tax charge of $50 million. In fiscal 2008, HP recorded $251 million of net income tax expense related to items unique to the year. The recorded amounts consisted of a tax charge of $205 million associated with the post-acquisition EDS integration, $44 million for the adjustment to estimated fiscal 2007 tax accruals upon filing the 2007 U.S. federal income tax return, and net tax charges of $2 million attributable to other items. In October 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 was signed into law, which included a retroactive two year extension of the research and development tax credit from January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2009. The retroactive income tax benefit of $45 million was recorded in HP’s financial statements in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008. As a result of certain employment actions and capital investments HP has undertaken, income from manufacturing and services in certain countries is subject to reduced tax rates, and in some cases is wholly exempt from taxes, through 2024. The gross income tax benefits attributable to the tax status of these subsidiaries were estimated to be $966 million ($0.41 per share) in fiscal year 2010, $853 million ($0.35 per share) in fiscal year 2009, and $900 million ($0.35 per share) in fiscal year 2008. The gross income tax benefits were offset partially by accruals of U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings, among other factors. 124 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 14: Taxes on Earnings (Continued) The total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits was $2.1 billion as of October 31, 2010. A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: Balance at November 1, 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,271 Increases: For current year’s tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For prior years’ tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decreases: For prior years’ tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Statute of limitations expiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Settlements with taxing authorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 739 (751) (16) (11) Balance at October 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,333 Increases: For current year’s tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For prior years’ tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decreases: For prior years’ tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Statute of limitations expiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Settlements with taxing authorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 626 (762) (293) (131) Balance at October 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,888 Increases: For current year’s tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For prior years’ tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decreases: For prior years’ tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Statute of limitations expiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Settlements with taxing authorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 347 (120) (1) (56) Balance at October 31, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,085 Up to $680 million, $950 million and $1.0 billion of HP’s unrecognized tax benefits at October 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, would affect HP’s effective tax rate if realized. HP recognizes interest income from favorable settlements and income tax receivables and interest expense and penalties accrued on unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense. As of October 31, 2010, HP had accrued a net $181 million payable for interest and penalties. During fiscal 2010, HP recognized net interest expense net of tax on net deficiencies of $66 million. 125 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 14: Taxes on Earnings (Continued) HP engages in continuous discussion and negotiation with taxing authorities regarding tax matters in various jurisdictions. HP does not expect complete resolution of any IRS audit cycle within the next 12 months. However, it is reasonably possible that certain federal, foreign and state tax issues may be concluded in the next 12 months, including issues involving transfer pricing and other matters. Accordingly, HP believes it is reasonably possible that its existing unrecognized tax benefits may be reduced by an amount up to $442 million within the next 12 months. HP is subject to income tax in the United States and approximately 80 foreign countries and is subject to routine corporate income tax audits in many of these jurisdictions. In addition, HP is subject to numerous ongoing audits by state and foreign tax authorities. HP has received from the IRS Notices of Deficiency for its fiscal 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004 and 2005 tax years, and Revenue Agent’s Reports (‘‘RAR’’) for its fiscal 2001, 2002 and 2006 tax years. The IRS began an audit of HP’s 2007 income tax returns in 2009, and began its audit of HP’s 2008 income tax returns during 2010. With respect to major foreign and state tax jurisdictions, HP is no longer subject to tax authority examinations for years prior to 1999. HP believes that adequate accruals have been provided for all open tax years. On July 30, 2009, HP received a Notice of Deficiency from the IRS for its fiscal 2004 and 2005 tax years. The Notice of Deficiency asserted that HP owes additional tax of $92 million and penalties of $5 million. In addition to the proposed deficiency for fiscal 2004 and 2005, the IRS’s adjustments for both years, if sustained, would reduce the tax benefits of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards to subsequent years by approximately $563 million. HP plans to contest certain of the adjustments proposed in the Notice of Deficiency. HP believes that it has provided adequate reserves for any tax deficiencies or reductions in tax benefits that could result from the IRS actions. Tax years of EDS through 2002 have been audited by the IRS, and all proposed adjustments have been resolved. The IRS is currently auditing EDS’s tax years 2005, 2006, 2007 and the short period ended August 26, 2008. On December 5, 2008, EDS received a RAR for exam years 2003 and 2004, proposing a tax deficiency of $82 million. This deficiency includes a $12 million effect on carrybacks to 2000 and 2001. HP is appealing certain issues and believes adequate reserves have been provided for all years. On January 30, 2008, HP received a Notice of Deficiency from the IRS for its fiscal 2003 tax year. The Notice of Deficiency asserted that HP owes additional tax of $21 million. At the same time, HP received an RAR from the IRS for its fiscal 2002 tax year that proposed no change in HP’s tax liability for that year. In addition to the proposed deficiency for fiscal 2003, the IRS’s adjustments for both years, if sustained, would reduce tax refund claims HP has filed for net operating loss carrybacks to earlier fiscal years and reduce the tax benefits of tax credit carryforwards to subsequent years, by approximately $249 million. This amount reflects certain transfer pricing adjustments that were settled during fiscal 2008. HP plans to contest certain remaining adjustments proposed in the Notice of Deficiency and the RAR. Towards this end, HP filed a petition with the United States Tax Court on April 29, 2008. HP believes that it has provided adequate reserves for any tax deficiencies or reductions in refund claims that could result from the IRS actions. On June 28, 2007, HP received a Notice of Deficiency from the IRS for its fiscal 1999 and 2000 tax years. The Notice of Deficiency asserted that HP owes additional tax of $13 million for these two years. At the same time, HP received a RAR from IRS for its fiscal 2001 tax year that proposed no change in HP’s tax liability for that year. In addition to the proposed deficiencies for fiscal 1999 and 2000, the IRS’s adjustments, if sustained, would reduce tax refund claims HP has filed for foreign tax 126 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 14: Taxes on Earnings (Continued) credit and net operating loss carrybacks to earlier fiscal years and reduce the tax benefits of carryforwards to subsequent years, by approximately $80 million. HP plans to contest certain of the adjustments proposed in the Notice of Deficiency and the RAR. Towards this end, HP filed a Petition with the United States Tax Court on September 25, 2007. HP believes that it has provided adequate reserves for any tax deficiencies or reductions in refund claims that could result from the IRS actions. HP has not provided for U.S. federal income and foreign withholding taxes on $21.9 billion of undistributed earnings from non-U.S. operations as of October 31, 2010 because HP intends to reinvest such earnings indefinitely outside of the United States. If HP were to distribute these earnings, foreign tax credits may become available under current law to reduce the resulting U.S. income tax liability. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability related to these earnings is not practicable. HP will remit non-indefinitely reinvested earnings of its non-US subsidiaries for which deferred U.S. federal and withholding taxes have been provided where excess cash has accumulated and it determines that it is advantageous for business operations, tax or cash management reasons. Note 15: Stockholders’ Equity Dividends The stockholders of HP common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by HP’s Board of Directors. Dividends are paid quarterly. Dividends declared were $0.32 per common share in each of fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008. Stock Repurchase Program HP’s share repurchase program authorizes both open market and private repurchase transactions. In fiscal 2010, HP executed share repurchases of 241 million shares. Repurchases of 240 million shares were settled for $11.0 billion, which included 3 million shares repurchased in transactions that were executed in fiscal 2009 but settled in fiscal 2010. HP had approximately 4 million shares repurchased in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 that will be settled in the next fiscal year. In fiscal 2009, HP completed share repurchases of approximately 120 million shares. Repurchases of approximately 132 million shares were settled for $5.1 billion, which included approximately 14 million shares repurchased in transactions that were executed in fiscal 2008 but settled in fiscal 2009. In fiscal 2008, HP completed share repurchases of approximately 230 million shares. Repurchases of approximately 216 million shares were settled for $9.6 billion, which included approximately 1 million shares repurchased in transactions that were executed in fiscal 2007 but settled in fiscal 2008. The foregoing shares repurchased and settled in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008 were all open market repurchase transactions. In fiscal 2010, HP’s Board of Directors authorized an additional $18.0 billion for future share repurchases. In fiscal 2009, there was no additional authorization for future share repurchases by HP’s Board of Directors. In fiscal 2008, HP’s Board of Directors authorized an additional $16.0 billion for future share repurchases. As of October 31, 2010, HP had remaining authorization of approximately $10.9 billion for future share repurchases. 127 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 15: Stockholders’ Equity (Continued) Comprehensive Income The changes in the components of other comprehensive income, net of taxes, were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: Net earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities: Change in net unrealized gains (losses), net of tax of $9 million in fiscal 2010, net of tax of $11 million in fiscal 2009 and net of tax benefit of $7 million in fiscal 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net unrealized (gains) losses reclassified into earnings, with no tax effect in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges: Unrealized gains (losses) recognized in OCI, net of tax of $119 million in fiscal 2010, net of tax benefit of $362 million in fiscal 2009 and net of tax of $468 million in fiscal 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Gains) losses reclassified into income, net of tax of $149 million in fiscal 2010, net of tax of $187 million in fiscal 2009 and net of tax benefit of $34 million in fiscal 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net change in cumulative translation adjustment, net of tax of $31 million in fiscal 2010, net of tax of $227 million in fiscal 2009 and net of tax benefit of $476 million in fiscal 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net change in unrealized components of defined benefit plans, net of tax benefit of $83 million in fiscal 2010, $905 million in fiscal 2009 and $42 million in fiscal 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 2009 2008 $8,761 In millions $ 7,660 $8,329 16 — 16 17 (1) 16 (17) 1 (16) 250 (540) 808 (282) (32) (431) (971) 58 866 28 304 (936) (602) (2,531) (538) Comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $8,171 $ 4,478 $7,705 The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes, were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: Net unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net unrealized (loss) gain on cash flow hedges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cumulative translation adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unrealized components of defined benefit plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 2009 2008 $ 20 (201) (431) (3,225) $ In millions 4 (169) (459) (2,623) $ (12) 802 (763) (92) Accumulated other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $(3,837) $(3,247) $ (65) 128 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 16: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans Acquisition of EDS On August 26, 2008, EDS became a wholly-owned subsidiary of HP. EDS sponsors qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all of its employees. The majority of the EDS defined benefit pension plans are noncontributory. In most plans, employees become fully vested upon attaining two to five years of service, and benefits are based on many factors, which differ by country, but the most significant is years of service and earnings. The projected unit credit cost method is used for actuarial purposes. Plan assets and plan obligations associated with the EDS defined benefit pension plans were included as of the acquisition date and through October 31, 2008. On a global basis, EDS plan assets totaled $7.8 billion and plan obligations totaled $10.1 billion as of August 26, 2008. The U.S. portion of global assets and obligations totaled $4.1 billion and $5.0 billion, respectively. Defined Benefit Plans HP sponsors a number of defined benefit pension plans worldwide, of which the most significant are in the United States. Both the HP Retirement Plan (the ‘‘Retirement Plan’’), a traditional defined benefit pension plan based on pay and years of service, and the HP Company Cash Account Pension Plan (the ‘‘Cash Account Pension Plan’’), under which benefits are accrued pursuant to a cash accumulation account formula based upon a percentage of pay plus interest, were frozen effective January 1, 2008. The Cash Account Pension Plan and the Retirement Plan were merged in 2005 for certain funding and investment purposes. The merged plan is referred to as the HP Pension Plan. Following the acquisition of EDS, HP announced that it was modifying the EDS U.S. qualified and non-qualified plans for employees accruing benefits under the programs. Effective January 1, 2009, EDS employees in the U.S. ceased accruing pension benefits, and the final pension benefit for EDS employees who retire on and after that date will be calculated based on pay and service through December 31, 2008. Effective October 30, 2009, the EDS U.S. qualified pension plan was also merged into the HP Pension Plan. The EDS U.S. qualified pension plan, like the Cash Account Pension Plan and the Retirement Plan, remains a separate sub-plan within the HP Pension Plan for purposes of determining benefit amounts. As a result, the merger had no impact on the separate benefit structures of the plans. HP reduces the benefit payable to a U.S. employee under the Retirement Plan for service before 1993, if any, by any amounts due to the employee under HP’s frozen defined contribution Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan (the ‘‘DPSP’’). HP closed the DPSP to new participants in 1993. The DPSP plan obligations are equal to the plan assets and are recognized as an offset to the Pension Plan when HP calculates its defined benefit pension cost and obligations. The fair value of plan assets and projected 129 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 16: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued) benefit obligations for the U.S. defined benefit plans combined with the DPSP is as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: 2010 2009 Projected Benefit Projected Benefit Plan Assets Obligation Plan Assets Obligation In millions U.S. defined benefit plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 9,427 927 $10,902 927 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $10,354 $11,829 $8,371 872 $9,243 $10,034 872 $10,906 Post-Retirement Benefit Plans Through fiscal 2005, substantially all of HP’s U.S. employees at December 31, 2002 could become eligible for partially subsidized retiree medical benefits and retiree life insurance benefits under the Pre-2003 HP Retiree Medical Program (the ‘‘Pre-2003 Program’’) and certain other retiree medical programs. Plan participants in the Pre-2003 Program make contributions based on their choice of medical option and length of service. U.S. employees hired or rehired on or after January 1, 2003 may become eligible to participate in a post-retirement medical plan, the HP Retiree Medical Program, but must bear the full cost of their participation. Effective January 1, 2006, employees whose combination of age and years of service was less than 62 no longer were eligible for the subsidized Pre-2003 Program, but instead were eligible for the HP Retiree Medical Program. Employees no longer eligible for the Pre-2003 Program, as well as employees hired on or after January 1, 2003, are eligible for certain credits under the HP Retirement Medical Savings Account Plan (‘‘RMSA Plan’’) upon attaining age 45. Upon retirement, former employees may use credits under the RMSA Plan for the reimbursement of certain eligible medical expenses, including premiums required for coverage under the HP Retiree Medical Program. In February 2007, HP further limited future eligibility for the Pre-2003 HP Retiree Medical Program to those employees who were within five years of satisfying the program’s retirement criteria on June 30, 2007. Employees not meeting the modified program criteria may become eligible for participation in the HP Retiree Medical Program. In November 2008, HP announced that it was changing the limits on future cost-sharing for the Pre-2003 Program whereby all future cost increases will be paid by participating retirees starting in 2011. In June 2008, HP modified the RMSA Plan to provide that generally only those employees who were employed with HP as of July 31, 2008 would be eligible to receive employer credits. In September 2008, HP further modified the RMSA Plan to provide that such employees would receive employer credits only in the form of matching contributions. HP currently collects a retiree drug subsidy from the U.S. federal government relating to the retiree prescription drug benefits that it provides. Collecting the retiree drug subsidy is one of several alternatives under Medicare Part D that employers have in financing these benefits. In March 2010, HP decided to contract with a prescription drug plan, leveraging the employer group waiver plan process, to provide group benefits under Medicare Part D as an alternative to collecting the retiree drug subsidy. This change in retiree prescription drug financing strategy will take effect in 2013, and, due to the health care reform legislation enacted in March 2010, is expected to give HP access to greater U.S. federal subsidies over time to help pay for retiree benefits. Aside from this impact, the health care 130 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 16: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued) reform legislation is not expected to affect the cost of HP’s retiree welfare programs because the subsidy offered by HP is fixed. During fiscal year 2010, HP also announced the elimination of company-paid retiree life insurance effective January 1, 2011. Defined Contribution Plans HP offers various defined contribution plans for U.S. and non-U.S. employees. Total defined contribution expense was $535 million in fiscal 2010, $568 million in fiscal 2009 and $548 million in fiscal 2008. U.S. employees are automatically enrolled in the Hewlett-Packard Company 401(k) Plan (the ‘‘HP 401(k) Plan’’) when they meet eligibility requirements, unless they decline participation. Similar to HP, EDS offered participation in defined contribution plans for U.S. and non-U.S. employees, including an EDS 401(k) Plan. During fiscal 2008, HP matched employee contributions to the HP 401(k) Plan with cash contributions up to a maximum of 6% of eligible compensation for U.S. employees hired prior to August 1, 2008. For U.S. employees hired on or after August 1, 2008 HP matched employee contributions up to a maximum of 4% of eligible compensation. The employer match for the EDS 401(k) Plan was 25% of the employee contribution based on a maximum contribution of 6% of the employee’s salary. Effective January 1, 2009, U.S. employees participating in the EDS 401(k) Plan became eligible for a 4% matching contribution on eligible compensation. Similar to the HP 401(k) Plan, contributions are invested at the direction of the employee in various funds, although the EDS 401(k) Plan does not offer an HP stock fund. Effective April 1, 2009, HP matching contributions under both the HP 401(k) Plan and the EDS 401(k) Plan were changed to a quarterly, discretionary, performance-based match of up to a maximum of 4% of eligible compensation for all U.S. employees to be determined each fiscal quarter based on business results. HP matching contributions may vary from 0% to 100% of the maximum 4% match, based on such factors as quarterly earnings, market share growth, and performance relative to market and economic conditions. HP’s matching contributions for each of the quarters in fiscal 2010 were 100% of the maximum 4% match. Effective November 2010, the quarterly employer matching contributions in the HP 401(k) Plan and the EDS 401(k) Plan will no longer be discretionary, but will be equal to 100% of an employee’s contributions, up to a maximum of 4% of eligible compensation. Effective January 31, 2004, HP designated the HP Stock Fund, an investment option under the HP 401(k) Plan, as an Employee Stock Ownership Plan and, as a result, participants in the HP Stock Fund may receive dividends in cash or may reinvest such dividends into the HP Stock Fund. HP paid approximately $7 million, $8 million, and $9 million in dividends for the HP common shares held by the HP Stock Fund in fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. HP records the dividends as a reduction of retained earnings in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity. The HP Stock Fund held approximately 22 million shares of HP common stock at October 31, 2010. 131 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 16: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued) Pension and Post-Retirement Benefit Expense HP’s net pension and post-retirement benefit cost (gain) recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings was as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Post-Retirement Benefit Plans 2010 2009 2008 2010 2009 2008 2010 2009 2008 In millions Service cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Interest cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expected return on plan assets . . . . . . . . Amortization and deferrals: 1 $ 27 $ 63 $ 319 $ 312 $ 281 $ 12 $ 14 $ 29 78 619 (40) (669) 296 (318) 475 (713) 657 (756) 592 (533) 70 (32) 47 (32) 578 (662) Actuarial loss (gain) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prior service benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 — Net periodic benefit cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . (56) Curtailment (gain) loss . . . . . . . . . . . . Settlement loss (gain) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special termination benefits . . . . . . . . . — 7 — (72) — 14 — (1) — (36) 214 — (11) 71 (9) 1 (8) 14 (87) 6 (78) 19 (55) 5 423 324 36 (46) (20) 31 — (1) — (6) 7 29 5 12 55 — (13) (2) — (2) — — — 4 — — — Net benefit (gain) cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ (49) $ 13 $ 4 $ 453 $ 396 $ 38 $(59) $(22) $ 31 In fiscal 2010, HP recognized aggregate pension curtailment gains and settlement losses totaling $6 million and $7 million, respectively, resulting from workforce rebalancing initiatives in several non-U.S. countries. In the United Kingdom, workforce rebalancing initiatives triggered pension termination benefits totaling $29 million. In the United States, a settlement loss of $7 million was recognized for payout activity related to non-qualified plans and a curtailment gain of $13 million was recognized for the elimination of life insurance benefits. The weighted-average assumptions used to calculate net benefit cost were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: Discount rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.9% 8.0% 6.4% 5.0% 6.0% 5.2% 5.4% 8.2% 6.2% Average increase in compensation levels . . . . . . . 2.0% 2.0% 3.7% 2.5% 2.6% 3.3% — — — Expected long-term return on assets . . . . . . . . . . 8.0% 7.5% 6.7% 7.0% 6.9% 6.8% 9.5% 9.3% 8.7% U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Post-Retirement Benefit Plans 2010 2009 2008 2010 2009 2008 2010 2009 2008 132 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 16: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued) The medical cost and related assumptions used to calculate the net post-retirement benefit cost for the following fiscal years ended October 31 were as follows: 2010(1) 2009 2008 Current medical cost trend rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ultimate medical cost trend rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Year the medical cost rate reaches ultimate trend rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5% 7.5% 5.5% 5.5% — — — 2013 2010 (1) In connection with the plan changes announced in November 2008, the employer subsidy for the U.S. retiree medical plans was ‘‘frozen’’ in fiscal 2010. Therefore, trend rates for 2010 and beyond are no longer relevant to the liability calculation since any excess cost will be paid by retirees. 133 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 16: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued) Funded Status The funded status of the defined benefit and post-retirement benefit plans was as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Post-Retirement Benefit Plans 2010 2009 2010 2009 2010 2009 In millions Change in fair value of plan assets: Fair value—beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . Acquisition/addition/(deletion) of plans . . . Actual return on plan assets . . . . . . . . . . . Employer contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Participants’ contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Benefits paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Currency impact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 8,371 — 1,224 290 — (440) (18) — $ 7,313 — 1,509 55 — (488) (18) — $11,325 — 1,430 482 72 (366) (73) (110) $ 9,507 (4) 856 531 84 (449) (125) 925 $ 352 — 56 25 49 (108) — — $ 401 — (15) 31 9 (74) — — Fair value—end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,427 8,371 12,760 11,325 374 352 Change in benefit obligation: Projected benefit obligation—beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acquisition/addition/(deletion) of plans . . . Impact of change in measurement date . . . Service cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interest cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Participants’ contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Actuarial loss (gain) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Benefits paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plan amendments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Curtailment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special termination benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . Currency impact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $10,034 — — 1 578 — 747 (440) — — (18) — — $ 7,654 — 21 27 592 — 2,245 (488) 1 — (18) — — $14,144 5 — 319 658 72 1,514 (366) (26) (12) (73) 29 (175) $10,468 (40) 49 312 619 84 2,106 (449) (11) (22) (125) 55 1,098 $ 992 — — 12 47 49 (120) (109) (28) — — — 2 $1,096 (9) 1 14 70 9 60 (74) (179) — — — 4 Projected benefit obligation—end of year . . . 10,902 10,034 16,089 14,144 845 992 Plan assets less than benefit obligation . . . . . (1,475) (1,663) (3,329) (2,819) (471) (640) Net amount recognized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ (1,475) $ (1,663) $ (3,329) $ (2,819) $(471) $ (640) Accumulated benefit obligation . . . . . . . . . . . $10,900 $10,031 $15,204 $13,217 134 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 16: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued) The net amounts recognized for HP’s defined benefit and post-retirement benefit plans in HP’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of October 31, 2010 and October 31, 2009 were as follows: U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Post-Retirement Benefit Plans 2010 2009 2010 2009 2010 2009 Non-current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-current liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ — $ (30) (1,445) 965 (29) (2,599) $ In millions $ 95 (37) (3,387) 101 (38) (2,882) $ — $ — (43) (597) (39) (432) Net amount recognized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $(1,475) $(1,663) $(3,329) $(2,819) $(471) $(640) The following table summarizes the pretax net experience loss (gain) and prior service benefit recognized in accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss for the company’s defined benefit and post-retirement benefit plans as of October 31, 2010. U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Post-Retirement Benefit Plans Net experience loss (gain) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prior service benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss (income) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $820 — $820 In millions $3,868 (114) $ (11) (432) $3,754 $(443) The following table summarizes the experience loss and prior service benefit that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income and recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) during the next fiscal year. U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Post-Retirement Benefit Plans Net experience loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prior service benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total to be recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss (income) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $34 — $34 In millions $261 (14) $247 $ 2 (83) $(81) The weighted-average assumptions used to calculate the benefit obligation disclosed as of the 2010 and 2009 fiscal close were as follows: Discount rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Average increase in compensation levels . . . . . . . . . . 5.6% 5.9% 4.4% 5.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.5% 2.5% 4.4% — 5.4% — U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Post-Retirement Benefit Plans 2010 2009 2010 2009 2010 2009 135 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 16: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued) Defined benefit plans with projected benefit obligations exceeding the fair value of plan assets were as follows: U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans 2010 2009 2010 2009 In millions Aggregate fair value of plan assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aggregate projected benefit obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 9,427 $10,902 $3,516 $6,144 $11,907 $15,331 $ 9,247 $12,167 Defined benefit plans with accumulated benefit obligations exceeding the fair value of plan assets were as follows: U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans 2010 2009 2010 2009 In millions Aggregate fair value of plan assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aggregate accumulated benefit obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 9,427 $10,900 $3,515 $6,141 $10,529 $13,140 $7,040 $9,263 Fair Value Considerations The table below sets forth the fair value of our plan assets as of October 31, 2010 by asset category, using the same three-level hierarchy of fair-value inputs described in Note 9. U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Post-Retirement Benefit Plans Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total In millions Asset Category: Equity securities U.S. Non-U.S. Debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,460 1,193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 4 — $ — $1,464 $1,028 5,265 — 1,193 $ 195 652 $ 64 — $ 1,287 5,917 $ 68 40 $ — $ — $ 68 40 — — Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Government(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . — 2,931 992 1,314 — 2,931 — 2,306 2,031 626 Alternative Investments Private Equities(2) . . . . . . . . . . Hybrids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hedge Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . Real Estate Funds . . . . . . . . . . . Insurance Group Annuity Contracts . Cash and Cash Equivalents(3) . . . . Other(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — — — 7 — — 1,034 6 — — — — — — — — 484 — — 1,036 6 — — — 491 — — 3 102 363 17 305 7 887 376 — 18 7 171 54 27 10 6 — 14 — 231 225 74 — 2 2,924 1,002 14 21 340 759 145 332 19 — 14 — — — — — 5 — 57 30 — — — — — 5 — — — 154 1 — — — — — 57 44 154 1 — — — 10 — Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3,976 $4,411 $1,040 $9,427 $9,747 $2,397 $616 $12,760 $127 $92 $155 $374 (1) (2) (3) (4) Includes debt issued by national, state and local governments and agencies. Includes limited partnerships and venture capital partnerships. Includes cash and cash equivalents such as short-term marketable securities. Includes international insured contracts and unsettled transactions. 136 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 16: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued) Changes in fair value measurements of Level 3 investments during the year ended October 31, 2010, were as follows: U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Alternative Investments Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Debt Equity Securities Alternative Investments Post-Retirement Benefit Plans Alternative Investments Private Equities Hybrids Total Equities US Corporate Debt Private Equities Hedge Real Funds Estate Annuities Other Total Equities Hybrids Total Private Insurance Group Beginning balance at October 31, 2009 . . . . . $ 911 $ 20 $ 931 $ — $ — $10 $ 49 $219 $74 $ 2 $354 $135 $ 3 $138 In millions Actual return on plan assets: Relating to assets still held . at the reporting date . Relating to assets sold during the period . . . Purchases, sales, settlements (net) . . Transfers in and/or out of . . Level 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — — 123 (14) 109 — — — (4) — 68 — — — 5 1 1 — 3 — 26 8 19 3 148 (16) 3 (1) (2) — — 45 10 — 206 — — — — 1 19 — — — (2) — — — 17 — — — Ending balance at October 31, 2010 . . . . . $1,034 $ 6 $1,040 $64 $ 6 $14 $231 $225 $74 $ 2 $616 $154 $ 1 $155 Plan Asset Valuations The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for pension plan assets measured at fair value. There have been no changes in the methodologies used during the reporting period. Investments in securities are valued at the closing price reported on the stock exchange in which the individual securities are traded. For corporate, government, and asset-backed debt securities, fair value is based upon observable inputs of comparable market transactions. For corporate and government debt securities traded on active exchanges, fair value is based upon observable quoted prices. Underlying assets for alternative investments such as limited partnerships, joint ventures and private equities are determined by the general partner or the general partner’s designee on a quarter or periodic basis. The valuation for these assets requires judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, and these assets are therefore classified as Level 3. Cash and cash equivalents includes money market accounts, which are valued based on the net asset value of the shares. Other assets were valued based upon the level of input (e.g., quoted prices, observable inputs (other than Level 1) or unobservable inputs that were significant to the fair value measurement of the assets). 137 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 16: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued) Plan Asset Allocations The weighted-average target and actual asset allocations across the HP and EDS plans at the respective measurement dates were as follows: Asset Category Public equity securities . . . . . . Private equity securities . . . . . Real estate and other . . . . . . . U. S. Defined Benefit Plans Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Post-Retirement Benefit Plans 2010 Target Allocation Plan Assets 2010 2009 2010 Target Allocation Plan Assets 2010 2009 2010 Target Allocation Plan Assets 2010 2009 28.2% 29.3% 11.1% 10.9% 0.3% — 57.6% 61.6% 2.9% — 6.1% 4.2% 28.9% 36.5% 41.4% 33.5% 1.3% — Equity related investments . . . Public debt securities . . . . . . . Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.0% 39.3% 40.5% 71.1% 66.6% 65.8% 70.3% 70.3% 71.3% 60.0% 55.5% 58.7% 28.8% 30.8% 32.9% 27.0% 27.0% 25.9% 5.2% 0.8% 0.1% 2.6% 1.3% 2.7% 2.7% 2.8% — Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% Investment Policy HP’s investment strategy for worldwide plan assets is to seek a competitive rate of return relative to an appropriate level of risk depending on the funded status of each plan. The majority of the plans’ investment managers employ active investment management strategies with the goal of outperforming the broad markets in which they invest. Risk management practices include diversification across asset classes and investment styles and periodic rebalancing toward asset allocation targets. A number of the plans’ investment managers are authorized to utilize derivatives for investment or liability exposures, and HP utilizes derivatives to effect asset allocation changes or to hedge certain investment or liability exposures. The target asset allocation selected for each U.S. plan reflects a risk/return profile HP feels is appropriate relative to each plan’s liability structure and return goals. HP conducts periodic asset-liability studies for U.S. plan assets in order to model various potential asset allocations in comparison to each plan’s forecasted liabilities and liquidity needs. HP invests a portion of the U.S. defined benefit plan assets and post-retirement benefit plan assets in private market securities such as venture capital funds to provide diversification and higher expected returns. Outside the United States, asset allocation decisions are typically made by an independent board of trustees. As in the U.S., investment objectives are designed to generate returns that will enable the plan to meet its future obligations. In some countries local regulations require adjustments in asset allocation, typically leading to a higher percentage in fixed income than would otherwise be deployed. HP’s investment subsidiary acts in a consulting and governance role in reviewing investment strategy and providing a recommended list of investment managers for each country plan, with final decisions on asset allocation and investment managers made by local trustees. Basis for Expected Long-Term Rate of Return on Plan Assets The expected long-term rate of return on assets for each U.S. plan reflects the expected returns for each major asset class in which the plan invests and the weight of each asset class in the target mix. 138 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 16: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued) Expected asset class returns reflect the current yield on U.S. government bonds and risk premiums for each asset class. Because HP’s investment policy is to employ primarily active investment managers who seek to outperform the broader market, the asset class expected returns are adjusted to reflect the expected additional returns net of fees. HP closed the acquisition of EDS on August 26, 2008. Effective immediately before the close of fiscal 2009, HP merged the assets of the HP and EDS U.S. pension plans. The expected return on the plan assets, used in calculating the net benefit costs, is 8.0% for fiscal 2011, which reflects the result of the most recent asset allocation study and is commensurate with the investment strategy for the merged U.S. pension plan. The approach used to arrive at the expected rate of return on assets for the non-U.S. plans reflects the asset allocation policy of each plan and the expected country real returns for equity and fixed income investments. On an annual basis, HP gathers empirical data from the local country subsidiaries to determine expected long-term rates of return for equity and fixed income securities. HP then weights these expected real rates of return based on country specific allocation mixes adjusted for inflation. Future Contributions and Funding Policy In fiscal 2011, HP expects to contribute approximately $747 million to its pension plans and approximately $30 million to cover benefit payments to U.S. non-qualified plan participants. HP expects to pay approximately $40 million to cover benefit claims for HP’s post-retirement benefit plans. HP’s funding policy is to contribute cash to its pension plans so that it meets at least the minimum contribution requirements, as established by local government, funding and taxing authorities. Estimated Future Benefits Payable HP estimates that the future benefits payable for the retirement and post-retirement plans in place were as follows at October 31, 2010: U.S. Defined Benefit Plans Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans In millions Post-Retirement Benefit Plans(1) Fiscal year ending October 31 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Next five fiscal years to October 31, 2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 532 $ 559 $ 580 $ 607 $ 509 $2,993 $ 403 $ 417 $ 444 $ 482 $ 517 $3,285 $ 84 $ 83 $ 78 $ 76 $ 75 $341 (1) The estimated future benefits payable for the post-retirement plans are reflected net of the expected Medicare Part D subsidy. 139 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 17: Commitments HP leases certain real and personal property under non-cancelable operating leases. Certain leases require HP to pay property taxes, insurance and routine maintenance and include renewal options and escalation clauses. Rent expense was approximately $1,062 million in fiscal 2010, $1,112 million in fiscal 2009 and $935 million in fiscal 2008. Sublease rental income was approximately $46 million in fiscal 2010, $53 million in fiscal 2009 and $37 million in fiscal 2008. At October 31, 2010 and October 31, 2009, property under capital lease, which was comprised primarily of equipment and furniture, was approximately $688 million and $723 million, respectively and was included in property, plant and equipment in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Accumulated depreciation on the property under capital lease was approximately $482 million and $406 million, respectively, at October 31, 2010 and October 31, 2009. The related depreciation is included in depreciation expense. Future annual minimum lease payments, sublease rental income commitments and capital lease commitments at October 31, 2010 were as follows: 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Thereafter Total Minimum lease payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less: Sublease rental income . . . . . . . . . . . . . $917 (38) $855 (27) $622 (24) In millions $373 (15) $279 (7) $879 $828 $598 $358 $272 Capital lease commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less: Interest payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $111 (14) $ 72 (12) $ 51 (9) $227 (7) $ 15 (4) $ 97 $ 60 $ 42 $220 $ 11 $643 (13) $630 $ 72 (19) $ 53 $3,689 (124) $3,565 $ 548 (65) $ 483 At October 31, 2010, HP had unconditional purchase obligations of approximately $2.6 billion. These unconditional purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on HP and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions and the approximate timing of the transaction. Unconditional purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable without penalty. These unconditional purchase obligations are related principally to inventory and other items. Future unconditional purchase obligations at October 31, 2010 were as follows: Unconditional purchase obligations . . . . . . . . . $1,973 $483 In millions $36 $126 $26 $ — $2,644 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Thereafter Total Note 18: Litigation and Contingencies HP is involved in lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings, including those identified below, consisting of intellectual property, commercial, securities, employment, employee benefits and environmental matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. HP records a provision for a liability when management believes that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. HP believes it has adequate provisions for any such matters. HP reviews these provisions at least quarterly and adjusts these provisions to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other information and events pertaining to a particular case. Based on its experience, HP believes that any damage amounts claimed 140 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 18: Litigation and Contingencies (Continued) in the specific matters discussed below are not a meaningful indicator of HP’s potential liability. Litigation is inherently unpredictable. However, HP believes that it has valid defenses with respect to legal matters pending against it. Nevertheless, it is possible that cash flows or results of operations could be materially affected in any particular period by the unfavorable resolution of one or more of these contingencies or because of the diversion of management’s attention and the creation of significant expenses. Litigation, Proceedings and Investigations Copyright levies. As described below, proceedings are ongoing or have been concluded involving HP in certain European Union (‘‘EU’’) member countries, including litigation in Germany and Belgium, seeking to impose or modify levies upon equipment (such as multifunction devices (‘‘MFDs’’), personal computers (‘‘PCs’’) and printers) and alleging that these devices enable producing private copies of copyrighted materials. The levies are generally based upon the number of products sold and the per-product amounts of the levies, which vary. Some EU member countries that do not yet have levies on digital devices are expected to implement similar legislation to enable them to extend existing levy schemes, while some other EU member countries are expected to limit the scope of levy schemes and applicability in the digital hardware environment. HP, other companies and various industry associations have opposed the extension of levies to the digital environment and have advocated alternative models of compensation to rights holders. VerwertungsGesellschaft Wort (‘‘VG Wort’’), a collection agency representing certain copyright holders, instituted legal proceedings against HP in the Stuttgart Civil Court seeking levies on printers. On December 22, 2004, the court held that HP is liable for payments regarding all printers using ASCII code sold in Germany but did not determine the amount payable per unit. HP appealed this decision in January 2005 to the Stuttgart Court of Appeals. On May 11, 2005, the Stuttgart Court of Appeals issued a decision confirming that levies are due. On June 6, 2005, HP filed an appeal to the German Federal Supreme Court in Karlsruhe. On December 6, 2007, the German Federal Supreme Court issued a judgment that printers are not subject to levies under the existing law. The court issued a written decision on January 25, 2008, and VG Wort subsequently filed an application with the German Federal Supreme Court under Section 321a of the German Code of Civil Procedure contending that the court did not consider their arguments. On May 9, 2008, the German Federal Supreme Court denied VG Wort’s application. VG Wort appealed the decision by filing a claim with the German Federal Constitutional Court challenging the ruling that printers are not subject to levies. On September 21, 2010, the Constitutional Court published a decision holding that the German Federal Supreme Court erred by not referring questions on interpretation of German copyright law to the Court of Justice of the European Union and therefore revoked the German Federal Supreme Court decision and remitted the matter to it. The German Federal Supreme Court has set a hearing date of March 24, 2011. In September 2003, VG Wort filed a lawsuit against Fujitsu Siemens Computer GmbH (‘‘FSC’’) in the Munich Civil Court in Munich, Germany seeking levies on PCs. This is an industry test case in Germany, and HP has agreed not to object to the delay if VG Wort sues HP for such levies on PCs following a final decision against FSC. On December 23, 2004, the Munich Civil Court held that PCs are subject to a levy and that FSC must pay A12 plus compound interest for each PC sold in Germany since March 2001. FSC appealed this decision in January 2005 to the Munich Court of Appeals. On December 15, 2005, the Munich Court of Appeals affirmed the Munich Civil Court decision. FSC filed an appeal with the German Federal Supreme Court in February 2006. On October 2, 2008, the German 141 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 18: Litigation and Contingencies (Continued) Federal Supreme Court issued a judgment that PCs were not photocopiers within the meaning of the German copyright law that was in effect until December 31, 2007 and, therefore, not subject to the levies on photocopiers established by that law. VG Wort has filed a claim with the German Federal Constitutional Court challenging that ruling. FSC and BITKOM have responded to VG Wort’s claim, and the parties are awaiting a decision by the court as to whether it will accept or decide on the claim for judicial review. Reprobel, a cooperative society with the authority to collect and distribute the remuneration for reprography to Belgian copyright holders, requested HP by extra-judicial means to amend certain copyright levy declarations submitted for inkjet MFDs sold in Belgium from January 2005 to December 2009 to enable it to collect copyright levies calculated based on the generally higher copying speed when the MFDs are operated in draft print mode rather than when operated in normal print mode. In March 2010, HP filed a lawsuit against Reprobel in the French-speaking chambers of the Court of First Instance of Brussels seeking a declaratory judgment that no copyright levies are payable on sales of MFDs in Belgium or, alternatively, that copyright levies payable on such MFDs must be assessed based on the copying speed when operated in the normal print mode set by default in the device. The schedule for the court proceedings has been determined, and no decision from the court is expected before September 2012. Based on industry opposition to the extension of levies to digital products, HP’s assessments of the merits of various proceedings and HP’s estimates of the units impacted and levies, HP has accrued amounts that it believes are adequate to address the matters described above. However, the ultimate resolution of these matters and the associated financial impact on HP, including the number of units impacted, the amount of levies imposed and the ability of HP to recover such amounts through increased prices, remains uncertain. Skold, et al. v. Intel Corporation and Hewlett-Packard Company is a lawsuit in which HP was joined on June 14, 2004 that is pending in state court in Santa Clara County, California. The lawsuit alleges that HP (along with Intel) misled the public by suppressing and concealing the alleged material fact that systems that use the Intel Pentium 4 processor are less powerful and slower than systems using the Intel Pentium III processor and processors made by a competitor of Intel. The plaintiffs seek unspecified damages, restitution, attorneys’ fees and costs, and certification of a nationwide class. On February 27, 2009, the court denied with prejudice plaintiffs’ motion for nationwide class certification for a third time. The plaintiffs have appealed the court’s decision. Inkjet Printer Litigation. As described below, HP is involved in several lawsuits claiming breach of express and implied warranty, unjust enrichment, deceptive advertising and unfair business practices where the plaintiffs have alleged, among other things, that HP employed a ‘‘smart chip’’ in certain inkjet printing products in order to register ink depletion prematurely and to render the cartridge unusable through a built-in expiration date that is hidden, not documented in marketing materials to consumers, or both. The plaintiffs have also contended that consumers received false ink depletion warnings and that the smart chip limits the ability of consumers to use the cartridge to its full capacity or to choose competitive products. (cid:129) A consolidated lawsuit captioned In re HP Inkjet Printer Litigation is pending in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California where the plaintiffs are seeking class certification, restitution, damages (including enhanced damages), injunctive relief, interest, costs, and attorneys’ fees. On January 4, 2008, the court heard plaintiffs’ motions for class certification and to add a class representative and HP’s motion for summary judgment. On July 25, 2008, the 142 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 18: Litigation and Contingencies (Continued) court denied all three motions. On March 30, 2009, the plaintiffs filed a renewed motion for class certification. A hearing on the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification scheduled for April 9, 2010 was postponed. (cid:129) A lawsuit captioned Blennis v. HP was filed on January 17, 2007 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California where the plaintiffs are seeking class certification, restitution, damages (including enhanced damages), injunctive relief, interest, costs, and attorneys’ fees. A class certification hearing was scheduled for May 21, 2010 but was taken off the calendar. (cid:129) A lawsuit captioned Rich v. HP was filed against HP on May 22, 2006 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. The suit alleges that HP designed its color inkjet printers to unnecessarily use color ink in addition to black ink when printing black and white images and text. The plaintiffs are seeking to certify a nationwide injunctive class and a California-only damages class. A class certification hearing was scheduled for May 7, 2010 but was taken off the calendar. (cid:129) Four class actions against HP and its subsidiary, Hewlett-Packard (Canada) Co., are pending in Canada, one commenced in British Columbia in February 2006, two commenced in Quebec in April 2006 and May 2006, respectively, and one commenced in Ontario in June 2006, where the plaintiffs are seeking class certification, restitution, declaratory relief, injunctive relief and unspecified statutory, compensatory and punitive damages. In March 2010, one of the Quebec cases was voluntarily dismissed by the plaintiff. On August 25, 2010, HP and the plaintiffs in In re HP Inkjet Printer Litigation, Blennis v. HP and Rich v. HP entered into an agreement to settle those lawsuits on behalf of the proposed classes, which agreement is subject to approval of the court before it becomes final. Under the terms of the proposed settlement, the lawsuits will be consolidated, and eligible class members will each have the right to obtain e-credits not to exceed $5 million in the aggregate for use in purchasing printers or printer supplies through HP’s website. As part of the proposed settlement, HP also agreed to provide class members with additional information regarding HP inkjet printer functionality and to change the content of certain software and user guide messaging provided to users regarding the life of inkjet printer cartridges. In addition, class counsel and the class representatives will be paid attorneys’ fees and expenses and stipends in an amount that is yet to be approved by the court. On October 1, 2010, the court granted preliminary approval of the proposed settlement. The court has scheduled a fairness hearing on January 28, 2011 to determine whether to grant final approval of the proposed settlement. Baggett v. HP is a consumer class action filed against HP on June 6, 2007 in the United States District Court for the Central District of California alleging that HP employs a technology in its LaserJet color printers whereby the printing process shuts down prematurely, thus preventing customers from using the toner that is allegedly left in the cartridge. The plaintiffs also allege that HP fails to disclose to consumers that they will be unable to utilize the toner remaining in the cartridge after the printer shuts down. The complaint seeks certification of a nationwide class of purchasers of all HP LaserJet color printers and seeks unspecified damages, restitution, disgorgement, injunctive relief, attorneys’ fees and costs. On September 29, 2009, the court granted HP’s motion for summary judgment against the named plaintiff and denied plaintiff’s motion for class certification as moot. On November 3, 2009, the court entered judgment against the named plaintiff. On November 17, 2009, plaintiff filed an appeal of the court’s summary judgment ruling with the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. On August 25, 2010, HP and the plaintiff entered into an agreement to 143 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 18: Litigation and Contingencies (Continued) settle the lawsuit on behalf of the proposed class, which agreement is subject to approval of the court before it becomes final. Under the terms of the proposed settlement, eligible class members will each have the right to obtain e-credits not to exceed $5 million in the aggregate for use in purchasing printers or printer supplies through HP’s website. In addition, class counsel and the class representative will be paid attorneys’ fees and expenses and stipends in an amount that is yet to be approved by the court. On October 13, 2010, the court granted preliminary approval of the proposed settlement. The court has scheduled a fairness hearing for January 31, 2011 to determine whether to grant final approval of the proposed settlement. Fair Labor Standards Act Litigation. HP is involved in several lawsuits in which the plaintiffs are seeking unpaid overtime compensation and other damages based on allegations that various employees of EDS or HP have been misclassified as exempt employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act and/or in violation of the California Labor Code or other state laws. Those matters include the following: (cid:129) Cunningham and Cunningham, et al. v. Electronic Data Systems Corporation is a purported collective action filed on May 10, 2006 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York claiming that current and former EDS employees involved in installing and/or maintaining computer software and hardware were misclassified as exempt employees. Another purported collective action, Steavens, et al. v. Electronic Data Systems Corporation, which was filed on October 23, 2007, is also now pending in the same court alleging similar facts. The Steavens case has been consolidated for pretrial purposes with the Cunningham case. On December 14, 2010, the court granted conditional certification of the class in the consolidated Cunningham and Steavens matter. (cid:129) Heffelfinger, et al. v. Electronic Data Systems Corporation is a class action filed in November 2006 in California Superior Court claiming that certain EDS information technology workers in California were misclassified as exempt employees. The case was subsequently transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, which, on January 7, 2008, certified a class of information technology workers in California. On June 6, 2008, the court granted the defendant’s motion for summary judgment. The plaintiffs subsequently filed an appeal with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, which is pending. Two other purported class actions originally filed in California Superior Court, Karlbom, et al. v. Electronic Data Systems Corporation, which was filed on March 16, 2009, and George, et al. v. Electronic Data Systems Corporation, which was filed on April 2, 2009, allege similar facts. The Karlbom case is pending in San Diego County Superior Court but has been temporarily stayed based on the pending motions in the Steavens consolidated matter. The George case is pending in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York and has been consolidated for pretrial purposes with the Cunningham and Steavens cases. India Directorate of Revenue Intelligence Proceedings. As described below, Hewlett-Packard India Sales Private Ltd (‘‘HPI’’), a subsidiary of HP, and certain current and former HP employees have received show cause notices from the India Directorate of Revenue Intelligence (the ‘‘DRI’’) alleging underpayment of certain customs duties: (cid:129) On April 30 and May 10, 2010, the DRI issued show cause notices to HPI, seven current HP employees and one former HP employee alleging that HP has underpaid customs duties while importing products and spare parts into India and seeking to recover an aggregate of approximately $370 million, plus penalties. On June 2, 2010, the DRI issued an additional show 144 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 18: Litigation and Contingencies (Continued) cause notice to HPI and three current HPI employees alleging that HP failed to pay customs duties on the appropriate value of recovery CDs containing Microsoft operating systems and seeking to recover approximately $5.3 million, plus penalties. HP has deposited a total of approximately $16.7 million with the DRI and agreed to post a provisional bond in exchange for the DRI’s agreement not to seize HP products and spare parts and not to interrupt the transaction of business by HP in India. (cid:129) On June 17, 2010, the DRI issued show cause notices to HPI and two current HPI employees regarding non-inclusion of the value of software contained in the products imported from third party original design manufacturers. The total amount of the alleged unpaid customs duties relating to such software, including the interest proposed to be demanded under these notices, is approximately $130,000, which amount HPI has deposited with the DRI. The DRI is also seeking to impose penalties. (cid:129) On October 1, 2010, in connection with an existing DRI investigation commenced against SAP AG, the DRI issued a show cause notice to HPI alleging underpayment of customs duties related to the importation of certain SAP software. The amount of the alleged duty differential is approximately $38,000, which amount has been deposited with the DRI. The DRI is also seeking to impose interest and penalties. HP intends to contest each of the show cause notices through the judicial process. HP has responded or is in the process of responding to the show cause notices. Russia GPO and Related Investigations. The German Public Prosecutor’s Office (‘‘German PPO’’) has been conducting an investigation into allegations that current and former employees of HP engaged in bribery, embezzlement and tax evasion relating to a transaction between Hewlett-Packard ISE GmbH in Germany, a former subsidiary of HP, and the Chief Public Prosecutor’s Office of the Russian Federation. The A35 million transaction, which was referred to as the Russia GPO deal, spanned the years 2001 to 2006 and was for the delivery and installation of an IT network. The U.S. Department of Justice and the SEC have also been conducting an investigation into the Russia GPO deal and potential violations of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (‘‘FCPA’’). Under the FCPA, a person or an entity could be subject to fines, civil penalties of up to $500,000 per violation and equitable remedies, including disgorgement and other injunctive relief. In addition, criminal penalties could range from the greater of $2 million per violation or twice the gross pecuniary gain or loss from the violation. In addition to information about the Russia GPO deal, the U.S. enforcement authorities have requested (i) information related to certain other transactions, including transactions in Russia, Serbia and in the Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS) subregion dating back to 2000, and (ii) information related to two former HP executives seconded to Russia and to whether HP personnel in Russia, Germany, Austria, Serbia, the Netherlands or CIS were involved in kickbacks or other improper payments to channel partners, or state owned or private entities. HP is cooperating with these investigating agencies. In addition, as described below, HP is involved in stockholder derivative litigation arising from the Russia GPO deal, the related investigations and other matters commenced against current and former 145 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 18: Litigation and Contingencies (Continued) members of the HP Board of Directors in which the plaintiffs are seeking to recover certain compensation paid by HP to the defendants and other damages: (cid:129) Henrietta Klein v. Mark V. Hurd, et al., is a lawsuit filed on September 24, 2010 in California Superior Court alleging the individual defendants wasted corporate assets and breached their fiduciary duties by failing to implement and oversee HP’s compliance with the FCPA. (cid:129) Saginaw Police & Fire Pension Fund v. Marc L. Andreessen, et al., is a lawsuit filed on October 19, 2010 in United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging, among other things, that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties and were unjustly enriched by consciously disregarding HP’s alleged violations of the FCPA. Leak Investigation Proceedings. As described below, HP is or has been the subject of various governmental inquiries concerning the processes employed in an investigation into leaks of HP confidential information to members of the media that concluded in May 2006: (cid:129) In August 2006, HP was informally contacted by the Attorney General of the State of California requesting information concerning the processes employed in the leak investigation. On December 7, 2006, HP announced that it entered into an agreement with the California Attorney General to resolve civil claims arising from the leak investigation, including a claim made by the California Attorney General in a Santa Clara County Superior Court action filed on December 7, 2006, that HP committed unfair business practices under California law in connection with the leak investigation. As a result of this agreement, which includes an injunction, the California Attorney General will not pursue civil claims against HP or its current and former directors, officers and employees. Under the terms of the agreement, HP paid a total of $14.5 million and agreed to implement and maintain for five years a series of measures designed to ensure that HP’s corporate investigations are conducted in accordance with California law and the company’s high ethical standards. Of the $14.5 million, $13.5 million has been used to create a Privacy and Piracy Fund to assist California prosecutors in investigating and prosecuting consumer privacy and information piracy violations, $650,000 was used to pay statutory damages and $350,000 reimbursed the California Attorney General’s office for its investigation costs. There was no finding of liability against HP as part of the settlement. (cid:129) Beginning in September 2006, HP received requests from the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the U.S. House of Representatives (the ‘‘Committee’’) for records and information concerning the leak investigation, securities transactions by HP officers and directors, including an August 25, 2006, securities transaction by Mark Hurd, HP’s former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and related matters. HP has responded to those requests. In addition, Mr. Hurd voluntarily gave testimony to the Committee regarding the leak investigation on September 28, 2006. (cid:129) In September 2006, HP was informally contacted by the U.S. Attorney for the Northern District of California requesting similar information concerning the processes employed in the leak investigation. HP has responded to that request. 146 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 18: Litigation and Contingencies (Continued) (cid:129) Beginning in September 2006, HP has received requests from the Division of Enforcement of the Securities and Exchange Commission for records and information and interviews with current and former HP directors and officers relating to the leak investigation, the resignation of Thomas J. Perkins from HP’s Board of Directors, HP’s May 22, 2006 and September 6, 2006 filings with the SEC on Form 8-K, stock repurchases by HP and securities transactions by its officers and directors that occurred between May 1 and October 1, 2006, and HP’s policies, practices and approval of securities transactions. In May 2007, HP consented to the entry of an order by the SEC ordering HP to cease and desist from committing or causing violations of the public reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. HP has been advised by the staff of the Division of Enforcement that the staff has completed its investigation and does not intend to recommend that any other SEC enforcement action be brought in connection with these matters. (cid:129) In September 2006, HP received a request from the U.S. Federal Communications Commission for records and information relating to the processes employed in the leak investigation. HP has responded to that request. In addition, four stockholder derivative lawsuits have been filed in California purportedly on behalf of HP stockholders seeking to recover damages for alleged breach of fiduciary duty and to require HP to improve its corporate governance and internal control procedures as a result of the activities of the leak investigation: Staehr v. Dunn, et al. was filed in Santa Clara County Superior Court on September 18, 2006; Worsham v. Dunn, et al. was filed in Santa Clara County Superior Court on September 14, 2006; Tansey v. Dunn, et al. was filed in Santa Clara County Superior Court on September 20, 2006; and Hall v. Dunn, et al. was filed in Santa Clara County Superior Court on September 25, 2006. On October 19, 2006, the Santa Clara County Superior Court consolidated the four California cases under the caption In re Hewlett-Packard Company Derivative Litigation. The consolidated complaint filed on November 19, 2006, also seeks to recover damages in connection with sales of HP stock alleged to have been made by certain current and former HP officers and directors while in possession of material non-public information. Two additional stockholder derivative lawsuits, Pifko v. Babbio, et al., filed on September 19, 2006, and Gross v. Babbio, et al., filed on November 21, 2006, were filed in Chancery Court, County of New Castle, Delaware; both seek to recover damages for alleged breaches of fiduciary duty and to obtain an order instructing the defendants to refrain from further breaches of fiduciary duty and to implement corrective measures that will prevent future occurrences of the alleged breaches of fiduciary duty. On January 24, 2007, the Delaware court consolidated the two cases under the caption In re Hewlett-Packard Company Derivative Litigation and subsequently stayed the proceedings, as the parties had reached a tentative settlement. The HP Board of Directors appointed a Special Litigation Committee consisting of independent Board members authorized to investigate, review and evaluate the facts and circumstances asserted in these derivative matters and to determine how HP should proceed in these matters. On December 14, 2007, HP and the plaintiffs in the California and Delaware derivative actions entered into an agreement to settle those lawsuits. Under the terms of the settlement, HP agreed to continue certain corporate governance changes until December 31, 2012 and to pay the plaintiffs’ attorneys’ fees. The California court granted final approval to the settlement on March 11, 2008 and subsequently granted plaintiffs’ counsel’s fee application and dismissed the action. On June 12, 2008, the Delaware court granted final approval to the settlement and the plaintiffs’ application for attorneys’ fees and also dismissed the action. Because neither the dismissal of the California nor the Delaware derivative action was thereafter appealed, both cases are now concluded. 147 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 18: Litigation and Contingencies (Continued) Environmental HP is subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations concerning environmental protection, including laws addressing the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the cleanup of contaminated sites, the materials used in its products, and the recycling, treatment and disposal of its products including batteries. In particular, HP faces increasing complexity in its product design and procurement operations as it adjusts to new and future requirements relating to the chemical and materials composition of its products, their safe use, and the energy consumption associated with those products, including requirements relating to climate change. HP products are also subject to product take-back legislation in an increasing number of jurisdictions. HP could incur substantial costs, its products could be restricted from entering certain jurisdictions, and it could face other sanctions, if it were to violate or become liable under environmental laws or if its products become non-compliant with environmental laws. HP’s potential exposure includes fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third-party property damage or personal injury claims and clean up costs. The amount and timing of costs under environmental laws are difficult to predict. HP is party to, or otherwise involved in, proceedings brought by U.S. or state environmental agencies under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (‘‘CERCLA’’), known as ‘‘Superfund,’’ or state laws similar to CERCLA. HP is also conducting environmental investigations or remediations at several current or former operating sites pursuant to administrative orders or consent agreements with state environmental agencies. Note 19: Segment Information Description of Segments HP is a leading global provider of products, technologies, software, solutions and services to individual consumers, small- and medium-sized businesses, and large enterprises, including customers in the government, health and education sectors. HP’s offerings span multi-vendor customer services, including infrastructure technology and business process outsourcing, technology support and maintenance, application development and support services, and consulting and integration services; enterprise information technology infrastructure, including enterprise storage and server technology, networking products and solutions, information management software and software that optimizes business technology investments; personal computing and other access devices; and imaging and printing-related products and services. HP and its operations are organized into seven business segments for financial reporting purposes: Services, Enterprise Storage and Servers (‘‘ESS’’), HP Software, the Personal Systems Group (‘‘PSG’’), the Imaging and Printing Group (‘‘IPG’’), HP Financial Services (‘‘HPFS’’), and Corporate Investments. HP’s organizational structure is based on a number of factors that management uses to evaluate, view and run its business operations, which include, but are not limited to, customer base, homogeneity of products and technology. The business segments are based on this organizational structure and information reviewed by HP’s management to evaluate the business segment results. Services, ESS and HP Software are reported collectively as a broader HP Enterprise Business. In order to provide a supplementary view of HP’s business, aggregated financial data for the HP Enterprise Business is presented herein. 148 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 19: Segment Information (Continued) HP has reclassified segment operating results for fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008 to conform to certain fiscal 2010 organizational realignments. None of the changes impacts HP’s previously reported consolidated net revenue, earnings from operations, net earnings or net earnings per share. Future changes to this organizational structure may result in changes to the business segments disclosed. A description of the types of products and services provided by each business segment follows. HP Enterprise Business. Each of the business segments within the HP Enterprise Business is described in detail below. (cid:129) Services provides consulting, outsourcing and technology services across infrastructure, applications and business process domains. Services is divided into four main business units: infrastructure technology outsourcing, technology services, applications services and business process outsourcing. Infrastructure technology outsourcing delivers comprehensive services that encompass the data center and the workplace (desktop); network and communications; and security, compliance and business continuity. HP also offers a set of managed services, providing a cross-section of its broader infrastructure services for smaller discrete engagements. Technology services include consulting and support services, such as mission critical services, converged infrastructure services, networking services, data center transformation services and infrastructure services, as well as warranty support across HP’s product lines. Applications services help clients revitalize and manage their applications assets through flexible, project-based, consulting services and longer-term outsourcing contracts. These full life cycle services encompass application development, testing, modernization, system integration, maintenance and management. Business process outsourcing solutions include a broad array of enterprise shared services, customer relationship management services, financial process management services and administrative services. (cid:129) Enterprise Storage and Servers provides storage and server products. The various server offerings range from entry-level servers to high-end scalable servers, including Superdome servers. Industry standard servers include primarily entry-level and mid-range ProLiant servers, which run primarily Windows, Linux and Novell operating systems and leverage Intel Corporation (‘‘Intel’’) and Advanced Micro Devices (‘‘AMD’’) processors. The business spans a range of product lines, including pedestal-tower servers, density-optimized rack servers and HP’s BladeSystem family of server blades. Business Critical Systems include HP Integrity servers based on the Intel Itanium- based processor that run HP-UX, Microsoft Windows and OpenVMS operating systems, as well as fault-tolerant HP Integrity NonStop solutions. Business Critical Systems’ portfolio of server solutions includes Scale-up x86 ProLiant Servers, the BladeSystem architecture-based Integrity blade servers and the Superdome 2 server solution. HP’s StorageWorks offerings include entry- level, mid-range and high-end arrays, storage area networks (‘‘SANs’’), network attached storage (‘‘NAS’’), storage management software, and virtualization technologies, as well as StoreOnce data deduplication solutions, tape drives, tape libraries and optical archival storage. (cid:129) HP Software provides enterprise software and services. Enterprise IT management products and services, which are marketed as HP’s business technology optimization (BTO) portfolio, help customers to manage IT infrastructure and services, operations, applications, and business processes and to automate data center operations and IT processes. Solutions are delivered in the form of traditional software licenses and, in some cases, via a software-as-a-service (SaaS) distribution model. Other software includes information management, business intelligence, and 149 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 19: Segment Information (Continued) communications and media solutions. Our information management products and services automate the retention, management, search and segregation of information across the enterprise. Business intelligence solutions enable businesses to standardize on consistent data management schemes, connect and share data across the enterprise and apply analytics. Communications and media solutions enable service providers, media companies, and network equipment providers to create, deliver, and manage consumer and enterprise communications services. HP’s business segments not included in HP Enterprise Business are described below. (cid:129) Personal Systems Group provides commercial PCs, consumer PCs, workstations, handheld computing devices, calculators and other related accessories, software and services for the commercial and consumer markets. Commercial PCs are optimized for commercial uses, including enterprise and small- and medium-sized business (‘‘SMB’’) customers, and for connectivity and manageability in networked environments. Commercial PCs include the HP Compaq, HP Pro, and HP Elite lines of business desktops and notebooks, as well as the All in One Touchsmart and Omni PCs, HP Mini-Note PC, HP Blade PCs, Retail POS systems, and HP Thin Clients. Consumer PCs are targeted at the home user and include the HP Pavilion and Compaq Presario series of multi media consumer desktops and notebooks, as well as the HP Pavilion Elite desktops, HP Envy Premium notebooks, Touchsmart PCs, All in One PC, HP and Compaq Mini notebooks, and the Media Smart Home Server. HP’s Z series desktop workstations and HP Elitebook Mobile Workstations provide advanced graphics, computing, and large modeling capabilities, certified with applications in a wide range of industries and running both Windows and Linux operating systems. PSG provides a series of HP iPAQ Pocket PC handheld computing devices that run on Windows Mobile software. These products range from basic PDAs to advanced devices with voice and data capability. (cid:129) Imaging and Printing Group provides consumer and commercial printer hardware, printing supplies, printing media and scanning devices. IPG is also focused on imaging solutions in the commercial markets. These solutions range from managed print services solutions to addressing new growth opportunities in commercial printing and capturing high-value pages in areas such as industrial applications, outdoor signage, and the graphic arts business. Inkjet and Web Solutions delivers HP’s consumer and SMB inkjet solutions (hardware, supplies, media) and develops HP’s retail and web businesses. It includes single function and all-in-one inkjet printers targeted toward consumers and SMBs as well as retail publishing solutions, Snapfish, and Logoworks. LaserJet and Enterprise Solutions delivers products and services to the enterprise segment. It includes LaserJet printers and supplies, multi-function printers, scanners, and enterprise software solutions such as Exstream Software and Web Jetadmin. Managed enterprise solutions include managed print services products and solutions delivered to enterprise customers partnering with third-party software providers to offer workflow solutions in the enterprise environment. Graphics solutions include large format printing (Designjet and Scitex), large format supplies, WebPress supplies, Indigo printing, specialty printing systems and inkjet high-speed production solutions. Printer supplies include LaserJet toner and inkjet printer cartridges and other printing- related media. (cid:129) HP Financial Services supports and enhances HP’s global product and services solutions, providing a broad range of value-added financial life cycle management services. HPFS enables HP’s worldwide customers to acquire complete IT solutions, including hardware, software and 150 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 19: Segment Information (Continued) services. HPFS offers leasing, financing, utility programs, and asset recovery services, as well as financial asset management services, for large global and enterprise customers. HPFS also provides an array of specialized financial services to SMBs and educational and governmental entities. HPFS offers innovative, customized and flexible alternatives to balance unique customer cash flow, technology obsolescence and capacity needs. (cid:129) Corporate Investments includes HP Labs, network infrastructure products, mobile devices associated with the Palm acquisition, and certain business incubation projects. Revenue in this segment is attributable to the sale of certain network infrastructure products, which span from the data center to the edge of the network and are sold under the ProCurve, 3Com and TippingPoint brands. The segment also includes certain video collaboration products sold under the brand ‘‘Halo,’’ and Palm smartphones, which are targeted at the consumer segment and include the Pixi and Pre models running on the WebOS operating system. This segment also derives revenue from licensing specific HP technology to third parties. Segment Data HP derives the results of the business segments directly from its internal management reporting system. The accounting policies HP uses to derive business segment results are substantially the same as those the consolidated company uses. Management measures the performance of each business segment based on several metrics, including earnings from operations. Management uses these results, in part, to evaluate the performance of, and to assign resources to, each of the business segments. HP does not allocate to its business segments certain operating expenses, which it manages separately at the corporate level. These unallocated costs include primarily restructuring charges and any associated adjustments related to restructuring actions, amortization of purchased intangible assets, stock-based compensation expense related to HP-granted employee stock options, PRUs, restricted stock awards and the employee stock purchase plan, certain acquisition-related charges and charges for purchased IPR&D, as well as certain corporate governance costs. Selected operating results information for each business segment was as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: Total Net Revenue Earnings (Loss) from Operations 2010 2009 2008 2010 2009 2008 In millions Services(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enterprise Storage and Servers . . . . . . HP Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 34,935 18,651 3,586 $ 34,693 15,359 3,572 $ 20,977 19,400 4,220 $ 5,609 2,402 759 $ 5,044 1,518 684 $ 2,518 2,577 499 HP Enterprise Business . . . . . . . . . . . . Personal Systems Group . . . . . . . . . . . Imaging and Printing Group . . . . . . . . HP Financial Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corporate Investments(2) . . . . . . . . . . . Segment total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57,172 40,741 25,764 3,047 1,863 53,624 35,305 24,011 2,673 768 44,597 42,295 29,614 2,698 965 8,770 2,032 4,412 281 132 7,246 1,661 4,310 206 (56) 5,594 2,375 4,559 192 49 $128,587 $116,381 $120,169 $15,627 $13,367 $12,769 (1) (2) Includes the results of EDS, which was acquired on August 26, 2008, from the date of acquisition. Includes the results of 3Com and Palm acquisitions completed in April 2010 and July 2010, respectively. 151 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 19: Segment Information (Continued) The reconciliation of segment operating results information to HP consolidated totals was as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: 2010 2009 2008 In millions Net revenue: Segment total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elimination of intersegment net revenue and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $128,587 (2,554) $116,381 (1,829) $120,169 (1,805) Total HP consolidated net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $126,033 $114,552 $118,364 Earnings before taxes: Total segment earnings from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corporate and unallocated costs and eliminations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unallocated costs related to certain stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Amortization of purchased intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acquisition-related charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interest and other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 15,627 (614) $ 13,367 (219) $ 12,769 (461) (613) (1,484) (293) (1,144) (505) (552) (1,578) (242) (640) (721) (512) (1,012) (41) (270) — Total HP consolidated earnings before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10,974 $ 9,415 $ 10,473 HP allocates its assets to its business segments based on the primary segments benefiting from the assets. The total assets allocated to Corporate Investments increased 870% in fiscal 2010 mostly due to the 3Com and Palm acquisitions. As described above, fiscal 2010 segment asset information is stated based on the fiscal 2010 organizational structure. Total assets by segment as well as for HP Enterprise Business and the reconciliation of segment assets to HP consolidated total assets were as follows at October 31: 2010 2009 2008 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enterprise Storage and Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HP Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 44,218 14,760 10,653 In millions $ 43,555 11,662 8,936 $ 42,507 11,644 8,919 HP Enterprise Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 69,631 $ 64,153 $ 63,070 Personal Systems Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Imaging and Printing Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HP Financial Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corporate Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corporate and unallocated assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,832 12,090 12,054 4,460 10,436 14,825 11,698 10,806 460 12,857 16,436 14,156 9,174 365 10,130 Total HP consolidated assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $124,503 $114,799 $113,331 152 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 19: Segment Information (Continued) Major Customers No single customer represented 10% or more of HP’s total net revenue in any fiscal year presented. Geographic Information Net revenue, classified by the major geographic areas in which HP operates, was as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: 2010 2009 2008 In millions Net revenue: U.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-U.S. $ 44,542 81,491 $ 41,314 73,238 $ 36,932 81,432 Total HP consolidated net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $126,033 $114,552 $118,364 Net revenue by geographic area is based upon the sales location that predominately represents the customer location. For each of the years ended October 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, other than the United States, no country represented more than 10% of HP’s total consolidated net revenue. HP reports revenue net of sales taxes, use taxes and value-added taxes directly imposed by governmental authorities on HP’s revenue producing transactions with its customers. At October 31, 2010, the United States held 10% or more of HP’s total consolidated net assets. At October 31, 2009 and 2008, Belgium and the United States comprised 10% or more of HP’s total consolidated net assets. No single country other than the United States had more than 10% of HP’s total consolidated net property, plant and equipment in any period presented. HP’s long-lived assets other than goodwill and purchased intangible assets are composed principally of net property, plant and equipment. Net property, plant and equipment, classified by major geographic areas in which HP operates, was as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31: Net property, plant and equipment: U.S. Non-U.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 6,479 5,284 $ 6,316 4,946 Total HP consolidated net property, plant and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $11,763 $11,262 2010 2009 In millions 153 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) Note 19: Segment Information (Continued) Net revenue by segment and business unit The following table provides net revenue by segment and business unit for the following fiscal years ended October 31: Net revenue: Services(1) Infrastructure technology outsourcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technology services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business process outsourcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Industry standard servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business critical systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enterprise Storage and Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business technology optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HP Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HP Enterprise Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notebooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Desktops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workstations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handhelds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Personal Systems Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commercial hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consumer hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Imaging and Printing Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HP Financial Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corporate Investments(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eliminations of inter-segment net revenue and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total HP consolidated net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 2009(3) In millions 2008(3) $ 15,963 9,681 6,123 2,872 296 34,935 12,574 3,785 2,292 18,651 2,440 1,146 3,586 57,172 22,545 15,478 1,786 87 845 40,741 17,249 5,569 2,946 25,764 3,047 1,863 128,587 (2,554) $126,033 $ 15,554 9,719 6,194 2,977 249 34,693 9,296 3,473 2,590 15,359 2,385 1,187 3,572 53,624 20,210 12,864 1,261 172 798 35,305 16,532 4,778 2,701 24,011 2,673 768 116,381 (1,829) $114,552 $ 7,778 10,007 2,411 723 58 20,977 11,657 4,205 3,538 19,400 2,792 1,428 4,220 44,597 22,657 16,643 1,885 360 750 42,295 18,472 7,422 3,720 29,614 2,698 965 120,169 (1,805) $118,364 (1) (2) Includes the results of EDS, which was acquired on August 26, 2008, from the date of acquisition. Includes the results of 3Com and Palm acquisitions completed in April 2010 and July 2010, respectively. (3) Certain fiscal 2010 organizational reclassifications have been reflected retroactively to provide improved visibility and comparability. In fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, the reclassifications resulted in the transfer of revenue among the business units within the Services segment only. There was no impact on the previously reported segment financial results. 154 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Quarterly Summary (Unaudited) (In millions, except per share amounts) Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cost of sales(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Amortization of purchased intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acquisition-related charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings from operations Interest and other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Provision for taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net earnings per share:(2) Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cash dividends paid per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Range of per share stock prices on the New York Stock Exchange Three-month periods ended in fiscal 2010 January 31 April 30 July 31 October 31 $31,177 24,062 681 2,932 330 131 38 28,174 3,003 (199) 2,804 554 $ 2,250 $30,849 23,601 722 3,064 347 180 77 27,991 2,858 (91) 2,767 567 $ 2,200 $30,729 23,402 742 3,154 383 598 127 28,406 2,323 (134) 2,189 416 $ 1,773 $33,278 25,024 814 3,435 424 235 51 29,983 3,295 (81) 3,214 676 $ 2,538 $ $ $ 0.95 0.93 0.08 $ $ $ 0.94 0.91 0.08 $ $ $ 0.76 0.75 0.08 $ $ $ 1.13 1.10 0.08 Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 46.80 $ 52.95 $ 46.46 $ 54.75 $ 41.94 $ 52.95 $ 37.32 $ 47.80 Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cost of sales(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Amortization of purchased intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acquisition-related charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings from operations Interest and other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earnings before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Provision for taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net earnings per share:(2) Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cash dividends paid per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Range of per share stock prices on the New York Stock Exchange Three-month periods ended in fiscal 2009 January 31 April 30 July 31 October 31 $28,807 22,073 732 2,893 418 146 48 26,310 2,497 (232) 2,265 409 $ 1,856 $27,383 20,945 716 2,880 380 94 75 25,090 2,293 (180) 2,113 392 $ 1,721 $27,585 21,031 667 2,874 379 362 59 25,372 2,213 (177) 2,036 365 $ 1,671 $30,777 23,475 704 2,966 401 38 60 27,644 3,133 (132) 3,001 589 $ 2,412 $ $ $ 0.77 0.75 0.08 $ $ $ 0.72 0.71 0.08 $ $ $ 0.70 0.69 0.08 $ $ $ 1.02 0.99 0.08 Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 28.23 $ 39.53 $ 25.39 $ 37.40 $ 33.40 $ 43.55 $ 42.14 $ 49.20 (1) (2) Cost of products, cost of services and financing interest. EPS for each quarter is computed using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during that quarter, while EPS for the fiscal year is computed using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year. Thus, the sum of the EPS for each of the four quarters may not equal the EPS for the fiscal year. 155 ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. None. ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures. Controls and Procedures Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as of the end of the period covered by this report (the ‘‘Evaluation Date’’). Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded as of the Evaluation Date that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective such that the information relating to HP, including our consolidated subsidiaries, required to be disclosed in our Securities and Exchange Commission (‘‘SEC’’) reports (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to HP’s management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of any changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during our most recently completed fiscal quarter. Based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that there has not been any change in our internal control over financial reporting during that quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. See Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 9B. Other Information. The disclosure below is included in this report in lieu of filing a Current Report on Form 8-K to report events that have occurred within four business days prior to the filing of this report. On December 15, 2010, HP entered into a Letter Agreement (the ‘‘Agreement’’) with Catherine A. Lesjak, HP’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. The following is a summary of the principal terms of the Agreement: (cid:129) The term of the Agreement is three years, during which time Ms. Lesjak will continue to serve as HP’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. (cid:129) During the term of the Agreement, Ms. Lesjak’s annual base salary and target annual incentive will be maintained at their current levels, and the long-term incentive awards that she has been granted to date will not be reduced, provided that the Board of Directors may grant future increases, and provided further that each may be reduced if, respectively, the base salaries, target annual incentives, and/or long-term incentive awards are reduced for substantially all other Executive Vice Presidents in a substantially similar manner. (cid:129) In the event of a ‘‘qualifying termination’’ (as defined in the Agreement) of her employment with HP during the term of the Agreement, Ms. Lesjak will receive (i) a cash severance benefit under the Hewlett-Packard Company Severance Plan for Executive Officers calculated by multiplying by two the sum of (A) her annual base salary as in effect immediately before termination of employment and (B) average annualized cash bonus under the Hewlett-Packard 156 Company 2005 Pay for Results Plan (the ‘‘PfR Plan’’) for the two full fiscal years’ prior to termination of employment, (ii) a pro-rata annual cash bonus under the PfR Plan for the fiscal year in which her termination occurs, (iii) payout on any performance-based restricted stock unit awards based on actual performance as if she had remained employed during the entire performance period, and (iv) the release of all restrictions and accelerated vesting of other equity awards. (cid:129) In the event of a ‘‘qualifying termination’’ (as defined in the Agreement) of her employment with HP during the term of the Agreement and within 12 months after a ‘‘change in control’’ of HP (as defined in the Hewlett-Packard Company Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan), Ms Lesjak will receive the same benefits described in the preceding paragraph except that (i) the pro-rata annual cash bonus under the PfR Plan for the fiscal year in which her termination occurs will be determined assuming continued accruals with respect to such bonus at the rate in effect immediately prior to the change in control, and (ii) the payout on her performance-based restricted stock unit awards will be determined assuming target performance on all metrics for all uncompleted periods. The foregoing summary of the Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Agreement, which is filed hereto as Exhibit 10(l)(l)(l) and is incorporated herein by reference. 157 ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. PART III The names of the executive officers of HP and their ages, titles and biographies as of the date hereof are incorporated by reference from Part I, Item 1, above. The following information is included in HP’s Proxy Statement related to its 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed within 120 days after HP’s fiscal year end of October 31, 2010 (the ‘‘Proxy Statement’’) and is incorporated herein by reference: (cid:129) Information regarding directors of HP who are standing for reelection and any persons nominated to become directors of HP is set forth under ‘‘Election of Directors.’’ (cid:129) Information regarding HP’s Audit Committee and designated ‘‘audit committee financial experts’’ is set forth under ‘‘Board Structure and Committee Composition—Audit Committee.’’ (cid:129) Information on HP’s code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees, also known as the ‘‘Standards of Business Conduct,’’ and on HP’s Corporate Governance Guidelines is set forth under ‘‘Corporate Governance Principles and Board Matters.’’ (cid:129) Information regarding Section 16(a) beneficial ownership reporting compliance is set forth under ‘‘Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.’’ ITEM 11. Executive Compensation. The following information is included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference: (cid:129) Information regarding HP’s compensation of its named executive officers is set forth under ‘‘Executive Compensation.’’ (cid:129) Information regarding HP’s compensation of its directors is set forth under ‘‘Director Compensation and Stock Ownership Guidelines.’’ (cid:129) The report of HP’s HR and Compensation Committee is set forth under ‘‘HR and Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation.’’ ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters. The following information is included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference: (cid:129) Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners, directors and executive officers is set forth under ‘‘Common Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.’’ (cid:129) Information regarding HP’s equity compensation plans, including both stockholder approved plans and non-stockholder approved plans, is set forth in the section entitled ‘‘Equity Compensation Plan Information.’’ ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. The following information is included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference: (cid:129) Information regarding transactions with related persons is set forth under ‘‘Transactions with Related Persons.’’ 158 (cid:129) Information regarding director independence is set forth under ‘‘Corporate Governance Principles and Board Matters—Director Independence.’’ ITEM 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services. Information regarding principal auditor fees and services is set forth under ‘‘Principal Accountant Fees and Services’’ in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference. 159 PART IV ITEM 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules. (a) The following documents are filed as part of this report: 1. All Financial Statements: The following financial statements are filed as part of this report under Item 8—‘‘Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.’’ Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consolidated Statements of Earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consolidated Balance Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quarterly Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 72 73 74 75 76 77 155 2. Financial Statement Schedules: Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the three fiscal years ended October 31, 2010. All other schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto in Item 8 above. 3. Exhibits: A list of exhibits filed or furnished with this report on Form 10-K (or incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed or furnished by HP) is provided in the accompanying Exhibit Index. HP will furnish copies of exhibits for a reasonable fee (covering the expense of furnishing copies) upon request. Stockholders may request exhibits copies by contacting: Hewlett-Packard Company Attn: Investor Relations 3000 Hanover Street Palo Alto, CA 94304 (866) GET-HPQ1 or (866) 438-4771 160 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Schedule II For the fiscal years ended October 31 2010 2009 2008 In millions Allowance for doubtful accounts—accounts receivable: Balance, beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Increase in allowance from acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Addition of bad debt provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deductions, net of recoveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 629 7 80 (191) $ 553 — 282 (206) $ 226 245 226 (144) Balance, end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 525 $ 629 $ 553 Allowance for doubtful accounts—financing receivables: Balance, beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additions to allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deductions, net of recoveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 108 76 (44) $ 90 63 (45) $ 84 49 (43) Balance, end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 140 $ 108 $ 90 161 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. Date: December 15, 2010 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY By: /s/ CATHERINE A. LESJAK Catherine A. Lesjak Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Catherine A. Lesjak, Michael J. Holston and Paul T. Porrini, or any of them, his or her attorneys-in-fact, for such person in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that either of said attorneys-in-fact, or substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Signature Title(s) Date /s/ L´EO APOTHEKER L´eo Apotheker /s/ CATHERINE A. LESJAK Catherine A. Lesjak /s/ JAMES T. MURRIN James T. Murrin /s/ MARC L. ANDREESSEN Marc L. Andreessen /s/ LAWRENCE T. BABBIO, JR. Lawrence T. Babbio, Jr. /s/ SARI M. BALDAUF Sari M. Baldauf President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) December 15, 2010 December 15, 2010 Senior Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer) December 15, 2010 December 15, 2010 December 15, 2010 December 15, 2010 Director Director Director 162 Signature Title(s) Date /s/ RAJIV L. GUPTA Rajiv L. Gupta /s/ JOHN H. HAMMERGREN John H. Hammergren /s/ JOEL Z. HYATT Joel Z. Hyatt /s/ JOHN R. JOYCE John R. Joyce /s/ RAYMOND J. LANE Raymond J. Lane /s/ ROBERT L. RYAN Robert L. Ryan /s/ LUCILLE S. SALHANY Lucille S. Salhany /s/ G. KENNEDY THOMPSON G. Kennedy Thompson Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director December 15, 2010 December 15, 2010 December 15, 2010 December 15, 2010 December 15, 2010 December 15, 2010 December 15, 2010 December 15, 2010 163 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES EXHIBIT INDEX Exhibit Number Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit(s) Filing Date Incorporated by Reference 3(a) Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation. 3(b) Registrant’s Amendment to the Certificate 10-Q 001-04423 10-Q 001-04423 3(a) 3(b) June 12, 1998 March 16, 2001 of Incorporation. 3(c) Registrant’s Amended and Restated By-Laws effective November 1, 2010.‡ 4(a) Form of Senior Indenture. 4(b) Form of Registrant’s Fixed Rate Note and S-3 333-30786 8-K 001-04423 Floating Rate Note and related Officers’ Certificate. 4(c) Form of Registrant’s 6.50% Global Note due July 1, 2012, and form of related Officers’ Certificate. 4.1 March 17, 2000 4.1, 4.2 May 24, 2001 and 4.4 8-K 001-04423 4.2 and 4.3 June 27, 2002 4(d) Form of Registrant’s Fixed Rate Note and 8-K 001-04423 4.1 and 4.2 December 11, 2002 form of Floating Rate Note. 4(e) Indenture, dated as of June 1, 2000, S-3 333-134327 4.9 June 7, 2006 between the Registrant and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (formerly Chase Manhattan Bank), as Trustee. 4(f) Form of Registrant’s Floating Rate Global Note due March 1, 2012, form of 5.25% Global Note due March 1, 2012 and form of 5.40% Global Note due March 1, 2017. 4(g) Form of Registrant’s Floating Rate Global Note due September 3, 2009, 4.50% Global Note due March 1, 2013 and 5.50% Global Note due March 1, 2018. 8-K 001-04423 8-K 001-04423 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 February 28, 2007 February 29, 2008 4(h) Form of Registrant’s 6.125% Global Note 8-K 001-04423 4.1 and 4.2 December 8, 2008 due March 1, 2014 and form of related Officers’ Certificate. 4(i) Form of Registrant’s Floating Rate Global Note due February 24, 2011, 4.250% Global Note due February 24, 2012 and 4.750% Global Note due June 2, 2014 and form of related Officers’ Certificate. 4(j) Form of Registrant’s Floating Rate Global Note due May 27, 2011, 2.25% Global Note due May 27, 2011 and 2.95% Global Note due August 15, 2012 and form of related Officers’ Certificate. 8-K 001-04423 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4 February 27, 2009 8-K 001-04423 4.1, 4.2, May 28, 2009 4.3 and 4.4 4(k) Form of Registrant’s Floating Rate Global 8-K 001-04423 Note due September 13, 2012, Form of 1.250% Global Note due September 13, 2013, and Form of 2.125% Global Note due September 13, 2015 and related Officers’ Certificate. 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4 September 13, 2010 4(l) Speciman certificate for the Registrant’s 8-A/A 001-04423 4.1 June 23, 2006 common stock. 9 None. 164 Exhibit Number Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit(s) Filing Date Incorporated by Reference 10(a) Registrant’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.* 10(b) Registrant’s 2000 Stock Plan, amended and S-8 333-114253 10-K 001-04423 4.1 10(b) April 7, 2004 December 18, 2008 restated effective September 17, 2008.* 10(c) Registrant’s 1997 Director Stock Plan, amended and restated effective November 1, 2005.* 10(d) Registrant’s 1995 Incentive Stock Plan, amended and restated effective May 1, 2007.* 10(e) Registrant’s 1990 Incentive Stock Plan, amended and restated effective May 1, 2007.* 10(f) Compaq Computer Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan, amended and restated effective November 21, 2002.* 10(g) Compaq Computer Corporation 1998 Stock Option Plan, amended and restated effective November 21, 2002.* 10(h) Compaq Computer Corporation 1995 Equity Incentive Plan, amended and restated effective November 21, 2002.* 10(i) Compaq Computer Corporation 1989 Equity Incentive Plan, amended and restated effective November 21, 2002.* 10(j) Compaq Computer Corporation 1985 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors.* 10(k) Amendment of Compaq Computer Corporation Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, effective September 3, 2001.* 10(l) Compaq Computer Corporation 1998 Former Nonemployee Replacement Option Plan.* 10(m) Registrant’s Excess Benefit Retirement Plan, amended and restated as of January 1, 2006.* 8-K 001-04423 99.4 November 23, 2005 10-Q 001-04423 10(d) June 8, 2007 10-Q 001-04423 10(e) June 8, 2007 10-K 001-04423 10(f) January 21, 2003 10-K 001-04423 10(g) January 21, 2003 10-K 001-04423 10(h) January 21, 2003 10-K 001-04423 10(i) January 21, 2003 S-3 333-86378 10.5 April 18, 2002 S-3 333-86378 10.11 April 18, 2002 S-3 333-86378 10.9 April 18, 2002 8-K 001-04423 10.2 September 21, 2006 10(n) Hewlett-Packard Company Cash Account 8-K 001-04423 99.3 November 23, 2005 Restoration Plan, amended and restated as of January 1, 2005.* 10(o) Registrant’s 2005 Pay-for-Results Plan.* 10(p) Registrant’s 2005 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective October 1, 2006.* 10(q) First Amendment to the Registrant’s 2005 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective October 1, 2006.* 10(r) Employment Agreement, dated June 9, 2005, between Registrant and R. Todd Bradley.* 165 8-K 001-04423 8-K 001-04423 99.5 10.1 November 23, 2005 September 21, 2006 10-Q 001-04423 10(q) June 8, 2007 10-Q 001-04423 10(x) September 8, 2005 Exhibit Number Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit(s) Filing Date Incorporated by Reference 10(s) Employment Agreement, dated July 11, 10-Q 001-04423 10(y) September 8, 2005 2005, between Registrant and Randall D. Mott.* 10(t) Registrant’s Amended and Restated 8-K 001-04423 99.1 July 27, 2005 Severance Plan for Executive Officers.* 10(u) Form letter to participants in the 10-Q 001-04423 10(w) March 10, 2006 Registrant’s Pay-for-Results Plan for fiscal year 2006.* 10(v) Registrant’s Executive Severance 10-Q 001-04423 10(u)(u) June 13, 2002 Agreement.* 10(w) Registrant’s Executive Officers Severance 10-Q 001-04423 10(v)(v) June 13, 2002 Agreement.* 10(x) Form letter regarding severance offset for restricted stock and restricted units.* 10(y) Form of Indemnity Agreement between Compaq Computer Corporation and its executive officers.* 8-K 001-04423 10.2 March 22, 2005 10-Q 001-04423 10(x)(x) June 13, 2002 10(z) Form of Stock Option Agreement for 10-Q 001-04423 10(a)(a) June 8, 2007 Registrant’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, Registrant’s 2000 Stock Plan, as amended, Registrant’s 1995 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended, the Compaq Computer Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended, the Compaq Computer Corporation 1998 Stock Option Plan, as amended, the Compaq Computer Corporation 1995 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and the Compaq Computer Corporation 1989 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.* 10(a)(a) Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for 10-Q 001-04423 10(b)(b) June 8, 2007 Registrant’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, Registrant’s 2000 Stock Plan, as amended, and Registrant’s 1995 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended.* 10(b)(b) Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement 10-Q 001-04423 10(c)(c) June 8, 2007 for Registrant’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.* 10(c)(c) Form of Stock Option Agreement for 10-K 001-04423 10(e) January 27, 2000 Registrant’s 1990 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended.* 10(d)(d) Form of Common Stock Payment 10-Q 001-04423 10(j)(j) March 11, 2005 Agreement and Option Agreement for Registrant’s 1997 Director Stock Plan, as amended.* 10(e)(e) Form of Restricted Stock Grant Notice for 10-Q 001-04423 10(w)(w) June 13, 2002 the Compaq Computer Corporation 1989 Equity Incentive Plan.* 10(f)(f) Forms of Stock Option Notice for the 10-K 001-04423 10(r)(r) January 14, 2005 Compaq Computer Corporation Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended.* 166 Exhibit Number Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit(s) Filing Date Incorporated by Reference 10(g)(g) Form of Long-Term Performance Cash Award Agreement for Registrant’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan and Registrant’s 2000 Stock Plan, as amended.* 10(h)(h) Amendment One to the Long-Term Performance Cash Award Agreement for the 2004 Program.* 10-K 001-04423 10(t)(t) January 14, 2005 10-Q 001-04423 10(q)(q) September 8, 2005 10(i)(i) Form of Long-Term Performance Cash 10-Q 001-04423 10(r)(r) September 8, 2005 Award Agreement for the 2005 Program.* 10(j)(j) Form of Long-Term Performance Cash 10-Q 001-04423 10(o)(o) March 10, 2006 Award Agreement.* 10(k)(k) Second Amendment to the Registrant’s 2005 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective October 1, 2006.* 10(l)(l) Form of Stock Notification and Award Agreement for awards of performance- based restricted units.* 10-K 001-04423 10(l)(l) December 18, 2007 8-K 001-04423 10.1 January 24, 2008 10(m)(m) Form of Agreement Regarding 8-K 001-04423 10.2 January 24, 2008 Confidential Information and Proprietary Developments (California).* 10(n)(n) Form of Agreement Regarding 10-Q 001-04423 10(o)(o) March 10, 2008 Confidential Information and Proprietary Developments (Texas).* 10(o)(o) Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Registrant’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.* 10-Q 001-04423 10(p)(p) March 10, 2008 10(p)(p) Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement 10-Q 001-04423 10(q)(q) March 10, 2008 for Registrant’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.* 10(q)(q) Form of Stock Option Agreement for 10-Q 001-04423 10(r)(r) March 10, 2008 Registrant’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.* 10(r)(r) Form of Special Performance-Based Cash 8-K 001-04423 10.1 May 20, 2008 Incentive Notification Letter.* 10(s)(s) Form of Option Agreement for Registrant’s 2000 Stock Plan.* 10-Q 001-04423 10(t)(t) June 6, 2008 10(t)(t) Form of Common Stock Payment 10-Q 001-04423 10(u)(u) June 6, 2008 Agreement for Registrant’s 2000 Stock Plan.* 10(u)(u) Third Amendment to the Registrant’s 2005 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective October 1, 2006.* 10-K 001-04423 10(v)(v) December 18, 2008 10(v)(v) Form of Stock Notification and Award 10-K 001-04423 10(w)(w) December 18, 2008 Agreement for awards of restricted stock units.* 10(w)(w) Form of Stock Notification and Award Agreement for awards of performance- based restricted units.* 10(x)(x) Form of Stock Notification and Award Agreement for awards of non-qualified stock options.* 10-K 001-04423 10(x)(x) December 18, 2008 10-K 001-04423 10(y)(y) December 18, 2008 167 Exhibit Number Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit(s) Filing Date Incorporated by Reference 10(y)(y) Form of Stock Notification and Award Agreement for awards of restricted stock.* 10(z)(z) Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Registrant’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.* 10-K 001-04423 10(z)(z) December 18, 2008 10-Q 001-04423 10(a)(a)(a) March 10, 2009 10(a)(a)(a) First Amendment to the Hewlett-Packard 10-Q 001-04423 10(b)(b)(b) March 10, 2009 Company Excess Benefit Retirement Plan.* 10(b)(b)(b) Fourth Amendment to the Registrant’s 2005 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective October 1, 2006.* 10(c)(c)(c) Fifth Amendment to the Registrant’s 2005 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective October 1, 2006.* 10-Q 001-04423 10(c)(c)(c) June 5, 2009 10-Q 001-04423 10(d)(d)(d) September 4, 2009 10(d)(d)(d) Amended and Restated Hewlett-Packard 8-K 001-04423 10.2 March 23, 2010 Company 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.* 10(e)(e)(e) Employment Agreement, dated 8-K 001-04423 10.1 October 1, 2010 September 29, 2010, between the Registrant and L´eo Apotheker.* 10(f)(f)(f) Form of Stock Notification and Award Agreement for awards of restricted stock units.*‡ 10(g)(g)(g) Form of Stock Notification and Award Agreement for awards of performance- based restricted units.*‡ 10(h)(h)(h) Form of Stock Notification and Award Agreement for awards of restricted stock.*‡ 10(i)(i)(i) Form of Stock Notification and Award Agreement for awards of non-qualified stock options.*‡ 10(j)(j)(j) Form of Agreement Regarding Confidential Information and Proprietary Developments (California—new hires).*‡ 10(k)(k)(k) Form of Agreement Regarding Confidential Information and Proprietary Developments (California—current employees).*‡ 10(l)(l)(l) Letter Agreement, dated December 15, 2010, between the Registrant and Catherine A. Lesjak.*‡ 11 None. 12 Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.‡ 13-14 None. 16 None. 18 None. 21 Subsidiaries of the Registrant as of October 31, 2010.‡ 168 Exhibit Number Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit(s) Filing Date Incorporated by Reference 22 None. 23 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.‡ 24 Power of Attorney (included on the signature page) 31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.‡ 31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.‡ 32 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.† 33-35 None. 101.INS XBRL Instance Document.§ 101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.§ 101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.§ 101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.§ 101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.§ 101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.§ * ‡ † § Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement. Filed herewith. Furnished herewith. Furnished herewith. In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the information in these exhibits shall not be deemed to be ‘‘filed’’ for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to liability under that section, and shall not be incorporated by reference into any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except as expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing. The registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission supplementally upon request a copy of (1) any instrument with respect to long-term debt not filed herewith as to which the total amount of securities authorized thereunder does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and (2) any omitted schedules to any material plan of acquisition, disposition or reorganization set forth above. 169 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS REvENUE $ in billions $34.0 32.0 30.0 28.0 26.0 24.0 22.0 20.0 18.0 33.6 33.3 30.8 31.2 30.8 30.7 28.5 28.3 28.0 28.8 27.4 27.6 2008 2009 2010 1Q 2Q 3Q 4Q 1Q 2Q 3Q 4Q 1Q 2Q 3Q 4Q CASH FLOW Cash flow from operations Free cash flow1 $ in billions $16.0 14.0 12.0 10.0 8.0 6.0 4.0 2.0 0.0 14.6 13.4 12.0 11.9 10.2 8.4 11.4 9.4 9.6 7.1 FY06 FY07 FY08 FY09 FY10 1 Free cash flow equals cash flow from operations less net capital expenditures. FY10 REvENUE BY SEGMENT Personal Systems Group Imaging and Printing Group 32% 20% 28% 15% 3% 2% Enterprise Storage and Servers HP Financial Services and Other HP Software Services FY10 REvENUE BY REGION Americas (U.S. 35%, Canada/ Latin America 9%) 44% (up 11% Y/Y) 38% (up 7% Y/Y) 18% (up 16% Y/Y) Asia Pacific EMEA www.hp.com For the cover of this annual report, HP saved the following resources by using 6,720 pounds of Reincarnation Matte (FSC), made with 100% recycled fiber and 60% post- consumer waste, processed chlorine free, designated Ancient Forest Friendly™, and manufactured with electricity that is offset with Green-e® certified renewable energy certificates: 43 fully grown trees, 19,903 gallons of water, 14 million BTUs of energy, 1,208 pounds of solid waste, and 4,133 pounds of greenhouse gases. Calculations based on research by Environmental Defense Fund and other members of the Paper Task Force. www.newleafpaper.com © Copyright 2011 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. This document is provided for informational purposes only. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. 4AA3-2579ENW, Created January 2011 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above